Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Specialty Retail / Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

bned · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker bned
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 2520
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 ANNUAL REPORT

B A R N E S   &   N O B L E   E D U C AT I O N ,   I N C .
L E T T E R   TO   S H A R E H O L D E R S

Dear Fellow Shareholders,

Fiscal 2018 was a transformative year for Barnes & Noble Education. As a result of the hard work and agility
demonstrated by our talented people, we delivered solid results against a backdrop of significant change 
within an evolving and highly fragmented industry. As the industry continues to evolve, we remain focused
on executing on our vision to build an educational services company that is a leader in serving students,
faculty and our institutional partners.

Barnes & Noble Education has always been, and continues to be, a company serving all who work to elevate
their lives through education. There is nothing more important to us than the students, educators and institutions
we serve, and it is their commitment to learning and passion for teaching that drives us to meet the evolving 
needs of the education system and a new generation of students.

The success of our efforts is demonstrated by our Fiscal 2018 performance. We achieved full year consolidated 
sales of $2.2 billion, a 17.6% increase from Fiscal 2017, and Adjusted EBITDA of $126.8 million, a 62.0% increase 
from Fiscal 2017. These increases were primarily driven by our acquisitions of MBS Textbook Exchange (“MBS”)
and Student Brands, both of which have provided substantial cash flow for the organic investment required for
the accelerating digital transformation we are executing.

In Fiscal 2018 we acted decisively to ensure that we are offering the content, products and services our 
changing market is demanding. We are investing and taking steps to be successful in the long term in order to
best serve this market and build value for our shareholders. Accomplishing this objective requires us to stabilize,
change and expand the offerings of our established businesses, while also allocating capital to our new direct-
to-student digital offerings.

We have been very pleased thus far with the performance from capital allocated to our most recent acquisitions,
MBS and Student Brands, and we will continue to consider similar acquisitions opportunistically. We also 
invested significant capital in Fiscal 2018 developing exciting new digital services and products. As reflected 
in our Fiscal 2019 outlook, we plan to continue such development work, including a significant investment
in adding proprietary content for our digital solutions.

In our Barnes & Noble College (“BNC”) segment, we have grown organically with the opening of new stores,
as well as with the expansion of offerings such as First Day™, our inclusive access program.  Inclusive access 
programs effectively address the needs of students, our institutional partners and publishers, offering digital
and other course materials at reduced prices through a course materials fee for participating programs. After
piloting our proprietary First Day system this past Spring, we expect First Day to be offered on approximately 100 
campuses this Fall. In addition, in Fiscal 2018 we announced important new agreements with major publishers to 
offer their digital content through inclusive access models at our stores nationwide. We are continuing to operate
as the “hub” in connecting educational content and services to students.

Within our MBS segment, we have proven our ability to adapt to changes in the course materials landscape.
This fiscal year, MBS announced agreements with major publishers to administer and distribute their new rental 
programs, which will provide students, faculty and institutions with greater access to more affordable course materials. 

We are uniquely qualified to help drive the success of these publisher rental programs through our large store 
footprint and MBS’ centralized, advanced distribution center. Both MBS and BNC have insight into vast data they 
aggregate regarding content adoptions, which will be invaluable to access and understand as we expand our 
digital institutional and direct-to-student offerings.

As announced on June 20, 2018, we now operate a third reporting segment: Digital Student Solutions, or DSS. 
DSS offers products and services that help students study more effectively, resulting in improved academic
performance and mastery of the skills needed to succeed in the classroom and their careers. Our August 2017 
acquisition of Student Brands, which has enabled us to serve students directly with its leading subscription-
based writing services business, was an important step in establishing the foundation of our DSS segment and
furthering our development of scalable digital solutions for students. Student Brands was the main component 
of DSS results for Fiscal 2018, serving approximately 100,000 subscribers in more than 15 countries, with more
than 20 million unique monthly visitors to its sites.

We continue to aggressively expand our ecosystem of products and services through our own internal
development, acquisitions and partnerships. Our objective is to provide a complete hub of products and services 
designed to improve student affordability and success. As previously disclosed, we plan to significantly invest
in our DSS student success platform and related proprietary content in Fiscal 2019. Given changing industry 
dynamics, such products and services are critical to maintaining our leadership and relevance in the learning
ecosystem. We believe that the student success platform we are developing and our Student Brands writing
products will drive additional revenue and cash flow as we continue to leverage our large footprint of physical
and virtual stores.

Our unique family of brands offers an unparalleled breadth of relationships, technology and educational content 
that help elevate learning to the highest level. We believe we have an important role to play in improving the 
access and affordability of educational opportunities for both students and educators.

It is through the tireless work of our team members that we continue to deliver exceptional service for those we 
serve, and we are grateful to each and every one of them, as well as each of the Directors on our Board, for their 
continued hard work and dedication to Barnes & Noble Education.

As we continue to innovate and grow in the coming fiscal year, we believe the market will begin to better
appreciate and reflect the value we are creating for our partners and shareholders. While we have much to be 
proud of, our Board and management team recognize that there is still much to be achieved. Our actions to date 
and plans for the future position us well for value creation, and we are energized by the substantial opportunities
that lie ahead. Our management team and Board will continue to execute our strategy to drive results, build
long-term value and be a true leader in delivering high value educational services and new products.

On behalf of our Board and our management team, thank you for your continued investment and ongoing 
support of Barnes & Noble Education. 

Sincerely,

Michael P. Huseby
Michael P Huseby
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended April 28, 2018 
OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                     

Commission File Number: 1-37499

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

Delaware

46-0599018

120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge, NJ
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

07920
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (908) 991-2665

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Class

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

Name of Exchange on which registered

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes 

No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  

  No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   

     No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   

     No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is 
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

Emerging Growth Company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  

    No  

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $301 
million based upon the closing market price of $6.52 per share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange as of October 28, 
2017.  As of June 8, 2018, 46,916,616 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Availability of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.

Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Item 15.

PART I
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART II
Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters And Issuer Purchases Of 

Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results Of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 compared with the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 . . . . . . . . . .
52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 compared with the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liquidity And Capital Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Critical Accounting Policies And Estimates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements And Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes In And Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting And Financial Disclosure . . . . . . .
Controls And Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART III
Directors, Executive Officers And Corporate Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management And Related Stockholder 

Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships And Related Transactions, And Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal Accountant Fees And Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART IV
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page No.
3

4

6

6

18

18

20

30

30

30

30

31

32

35

35

38

41

47

52

52

54

57

61

62

94

94
97

97

97

97

97

97

98

101

2

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report on Form 10-K contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and information relating to us and our business that are based on the beliefs of our management 
as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to our management. When used in this communication, the 
words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “forecasts,” “projections,” and similar expressions, 
as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and 
rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor 
can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause 
actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this Form 10-K may not occur and actual results could 
differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events, the outcome of which is subject to certain risks, 

including, among others:

•  general competitive conditions, including actions our competitors and content providers may take to grow their businesses;

•  a decline in college enrollment or decreased funding available for students; 

•  decisions by colleges and universities to outsource their physical and/or online bookstore operations or change the operation 

of their bookstores;

•  the general economic environment and consumer spending patterns;

•  decreased consumer demand for our products, low growth or declining sales;

•  the strategic objectives, successful integration, anticipated synergies, and/or other expected potential benefits of various 
acquisitions, including MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC and Student Brands, LLC, may not be fully realized or may take 
longer than expected;

•  the integration of MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC’s operations into our own may also increase the risk of our internal 

controls being found ineffective;

•  implementation of our digital strategy may not result in the expected growth in our digital sales and/or profitability;

•  risk that digital sales growth does not exceed the rate of investment spend;

•  the performance of our online, digital and other initiatives, integration of and deployment of, additional products and services 
including new digital channels, and enhancements to higher education digital products, and the inability to achieve the 
expected cost savings; 

•  our ability to successfully implement our strategic initiatives including our ability to identify, compete for and execute upon 

additional acquisitions and strategic investments;

•  risks associated with operation or performance of MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC’s point-of-sales systems that are sold to 

college bookstore customers;

•  changes to purchase or rental terms, payment terms, return policies, the discount or margin on products or other terms with 

our suppliers;

•  technological changes;

•  risks associated with counterfeit and piracy of digital and print materials;

•  our international operations could result in additional risks;

•  our ability to attract and retain employees;

•  the risk of price reduction or change in format of course materials by publishers, which could negatively impact revenues 

and margin;

•  risks associated with data privacy, information security and intellectual property;

•  trends and challenges to our business and in the locations in which we have stores;

•  non-renewal of managed bookstore, physical and/or online store contracts and higher-than-anticipated store closings;

•  disruptions to our information technology systems, infrastructure and data due to computer malware, viruses, hacking and 

phishing attacks, resulting in harm to our business and results of operations; 

3

•  disruption of or interference with third party web service providers and our own proprietary technology;

•  work stoppages or increases in labor costs;

•  possible increases in shipping rates or interruptions in shipping service;

•  product shortages, including risks associated with merchandise sourced indirectly from outside the United States;

•  changes  in  domestic  and  international  laws  or  regulations,  including  U.S.  tax  reform,  changes  in  tax  rates,  laws  and 

regulations, as well as related guidance;

•  enactment of laws which may restrict or prohibit our use of emails or similar marketing activities;

•  the amount of our indebtedness and ability to comply with covenants applicable to any future debt financing;

•  our ability to satisfy future capital and liquidity requirements;

•  our ability to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed and on acceptable terms;

•  adverse results from litigation, governmental investigations, tax-related proceedings, or audits;

•  changes in accounting standards; and

•  the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section titled “Risk Factors” in Part I - Item 1A of this Form 10-K.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results 
or  outcomes  may  vary  materially  from  those  described  as  anticipated,  believed,  estimated,  expected,  intended  or  planned. 
Subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified 
in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this paragraph. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this Form 10-K.

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION

You may read and copy any materials Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room 
at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials also can be obtained free of charge at the 
SEC’s website, www.sec.gov, or by mail from the Public Reference Room of the SEC, at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 
1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.’s SEC 
filings are also available to the public, free of charge, on its corporate website, www.bned.com, as soon as reasonably practicable 
after Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. You may also request a 
copy of any of our filings with the SEC at no cost by writing us at Investor Relations, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., 120 Mountain 
View  Blvd.,  Basking  Ridge,  N.J.  07920.  Barnes  &  Noble  Education,  Inc.’s  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  New York  Stock 
Exchange. Material filed by Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. can be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 
20 Broad Street, New York, N.Y. 10005.

4

EXPLANATORY NOTE

The consolidated financial statements for the 13 and 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 include the financial results of MBS Textbook 
Exchange, LLC ("MBS") for the entire period and include the financial results of Student Brands, LLC from the date of acquisition, 
August 3, 2017. The consolidated financial statements for the 13 and 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 include the financial results 
of MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, and exclude the financial results of Student Brands, LLC. All material 
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we had two reportable segments: BNC and MBS. In connection with our focus on 
developing digital solutions, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company realigned its business into the following 
three reportable segments: BNC, MBS and DSS.  Additionally, unallocated shared-service costs, which include various corporate 
level expenses and other governance functions, are presented as “Corporate Services”.

•  The BNC Segment is comprised of the operations of Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC ("BNC") which operates 768 
physical campus bookstores, the majority of which also have school-branded e-commerce sites operated by BNC and which 
offer students access to affordable course materials and affinity products, including emblematic apparel and gifts. BNC also 
offers its First Day™ inclusive access program, in which course materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced price 
through a course materials fee, and delivered to students digitally on or before the first day of class. Additionally, the BNC 
segment offers a suite of digital content, software, and services to colleges and universities through our LoudCloud platform, 
such as predictive analytics, a variety of open educational resources courseware, and a competency-based learning platform.

•  The MBS Segment is comprised of MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC's ("MBS") two highly integrated businesses: MBS Direct 
which operates 676 virtual bookstores for college and university campuses, and K-12 schools, and MBS Wholesale which is 
one of the largest textbook wholesalers in the country. MBS Wholesale's business centrally sources and sells new and used 
textbooks to more than 3,500 physical college bookstores, including BNC’s 768 campus bookstores. MBS Wholesale sells 
hardware and a software suite of applications that provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 
430 college bookstores.

•  The Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment includes direct-to-student product and service offerings to assist students to 
study more effectively and improve academic performance, thus enabling them to gain the valuable skills necessary to succeed 
after college. DSS is comprised of the operations of Student Brands, LLC, a leading direct-to-student subscription-based 
writing services business, with approximately 100,000 subscribers across its digital properties, as well as tutoring and test 
prep services offered through our partnership with The Princeton Review. We currently offer these online student services 
directly to students, and increasingly will be leveraging our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint to market 
directly to students where we serve as the campus bookstore. We continue to aggressively expand our ecosystem of products 
and services through our own internal development, as well as by partnering with other companies to provide a complete hub 
of products and services designed to improve student success and outcomes.    

Corporate Services represents unallocated shared-service costs which include corporate level expenses and other governance 
functions, including executive functions, such as accounting, legal, treasury, information technology, and human resources. 

Our consolidated financial statements reflect the following reclassifications for consistency with the current year presentation:

•  Cost of Sales expenses primarily related to facility costs and insurance for the Corporate Services component have been 

reclassified to Selling and Administrative Expenses. 

•  For our digital rental products, we have reclassified Rental Income to Product Sales and Other, and have reclassified Rental 
Cost of Sales to Product and Other Cost of Sales, with no impact to Gross Margin. Digital rental revenue and digital rental 
cost of sales are recognized at the time of delivery and are not deferred over the rental period.

Prior periods presented reflect the segment presentation and reclassifications noted above. For additional information, see Part II 
- Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

5

Item 1. BUSINESS

PART I

Unless  the  context  otherwise  indicates,  references  to  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and  “the  Company”  refer  to  Barnes &  Noble 
Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & Noble College” or “BNC” refer to our college bookstore 
business operated through our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC. References to “MBS” refer to our virtual 
bookstore and wholesale textbook distribution business operated through our subsidiary MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC, a Delaware 
corporation. References to "Student Brands" refer to our direct-to-student subscription-based writing services business operated 
through our subsidiary Student Brands, LLC. 

Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2018” means 
the 52 weeks ended April 28,2018, “Fiscal 2017” means the 52 weeks ended April 29,2017, “Fiscal 2016” means the 52 weeks 
ended April 30, 2016, “Fiscal 2015” means the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015, and “Fiscal 2014” means the 53 weeks ended 
May 3, 2014.

Unless otherwise indicated, market and industry information contained in this Form 10-K is based on information provided 

by the National Association of College Stores ("NACS") and management estimates of market shares.

General

OVERVIEW

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (“BNED”) is one of the largest contract operators of physical and virtual bookstores for 
college  and  university  campuses  and  K-12  institutions  across  the  United  States,  one  of  the  largest  textbook  wholesalers  and 
inventory management hardware and software providers, and a leading provider of digital education solutions. Through our Barnes 
& Noble College (“BNC”) and MBS Textbook Exchange (“MBS”) subsidiaries, we operate 1,444 physical and virtual bookstores 
and serve more than 6 million students, delivering essential educational content and tools within a dynamic retail environment. 
Additionally, through our Student Brands subsidiary and associated websites, a leading direct-to-student subscription-based writing 
services business, we offer services to approximately 100,000 subscribers, by offering student assistance through the writing 
process and journey.

The strengths of our business, as discussed below, includes our ability to compete by developing new products and solutions 
to meet market needs, our large footprint with direct access to students and faculty, our well-established, deep relationships with 
partners and stable, long-term contracts and our well-recognized brands. We expect to continue to grow our business by introducing 
scalable and advanced digital solutions focused largely on the student, increasing market share with new accounts, and expanding 
our strategic opportunities through acquisitions and partnerships. 

As demand for new, enhanced, and more affordable products and services increase in the rapidly changing education landscape, 
we strive to evolve our business model and enhance our solutions. We continue to aggressively innovate and collaborate with our 
partners to provide solutions that extend well beyond course materials sourcing and sales, to include new digital services that 
support successful student outcomes. We aim to be an even stronger partner for schools and meet customer needs by expanding 
our physical and virtual bookstore service capabilities, courseware offerings and digital platform services.  

Technology-enabled learning is a rapid growth area in the higher education industry, as a growing number of students are 
enrolling in online services to complement print and digital course materials and classroom activities. We continue to enhance our 
digital  content  and  services  in  an  efficient,  low-cost/high-value  manner  to  complement  our  course  materials  business.  The 
implementation of our core digital strategy relies on our direct access to students from our bookstore operations, where we can 
attach our existing and future suite of digital products and services both online and in our stores.  

We are ready to meet the digital demand with our virtual bookstore and e-commerce solutions. We focus on providing affordable 
solutions, such as our First Day™ inclusive access program, in which course materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced 
price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students digitally on or before the first day of class. Additionally, LoudCloud 
Courseware™, is a turnkey solution for colleges and universities that offers advanced, affordable learning materials built on a 
high-quality foundation of OER or custom developed content from experts and faculty, as well as enhanced with digital content 
that includes videos, activities and auto-graded practice assessments that faculty can easily customize to align with class objectives. 
LoudCloud Courseware™ significantly reduces course material costs for students and enables easier implementation for faculty. 

We offer our Student Brands solutions focused on providing students assistance through the writing process and journey. We 
offer these online solutions to students via internet search engine optimization ("SEO"), as well as by marketing directly to students 
in our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint. 

We  believe  that  our  strategic  actions  over  the  past  three  years,  including  the  acquisitions  of  LoudCloud  Systems,  Inc. 
("LoudCloud"), MBS and Student Brands, respectively, and ongoing development of courseware, have substantially enhanced 

6

our competitive position. Fiscal 2018 was a transformational period in which we began to leverage our newly-expanded customer 
base and distribution channels to broaden our reach to students and deepen our institutional partnerships. We continue to focus on 
providing product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, including affordable and 
accessible course materials and products designed to drive and improve student outcomes. 

Strengths of Our Businesses

The major strengths of our businesses are as follows:

•  Ability to Compete by Developing New Products and Solutions to Meet Market Needs. We offer a comprehensive range of 
cost-effective alternatives for course materials. As demand for new, enhanced, and more affordable products and services 
increase in the rapidly changing education landscape, we strive to evolve our business model and enhance our solutions. We 
continue  to  aggressively  innovate  and  collaborate  with  our  partners  to  provide  solutions  that  extend  well  beyond  course 
materials to include new digital services that increase the likelihood of successful student outcomes. 

  First Day™. We offer our First Day™ inclusive access program, in which course materials, including e-content, are 
offered at a reduced price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students digitally on or before the first day of 
class. We have entered into several agreements with major publishers, including Cengage, McGraw-Hill Education and 
Pearson, to distribute their e-content through First Day™. 

  Comprehensive Suite of Course Materials. Our physical and virtual bookstores and accompanying e-commerce sites offer 
new and used, print and digital course materials, which are available to buy or rent. Through our MBS Wholesale business, 
we possess a robust inventory comprised of approximately 300,000 textbook titles in stock and maintain a comprehensive 
catalog of new and used textbooks and digital course material solutions. 

Additionally, MBS was selected as a national distributor for rental textbooks offered through McGraw-Hill Education's 
newly  announced  consignment  rental  program  (which  includes  approximately  230  titles)  and  Pearson  Education’s 
expanded consignment rental program (which includes approximately 150 titles). Through its centrally located, advanced 
distribution  center,  MBS  will  offer  the  seamless  integration  of  these  consignment  rental  programs  and  centralized 
administration and distribution to more than 3,500 stores. These consignment rental programs will also be made available 
to MBS Wholesale customers, including institutionally run and contract managed campus bookstores, as well as BNC 
physical bookstores, and MBS Direct customers. 

  LoudCloud Courseware™.  Our courseware, utilizing open educational resources ("OER") and other expert sources, is 
a cost-effective solution enhanced with digital content that includes videos, activities and auto-graded practice assessments 
that  faculty  can  easily  customize  to  align  with  class  objectives.  In  Fiscal  2018,  consistent  with  our  LoudCloud 
Courseware™  development  road  map,  we  expanded  our  courseware  titles  from  10  to  32  course  titles,  with  sales  to 
approximately  21,000  students  at  40  colleges  and  universities,  including  technical  colleges  and  online  programs. 
LoudCloud Courseware™ significantly reduces course material costs for students and enables easier implementation for 
faculty.

  Student Solutions. Direct-to-student businesses focused on study tools, writing help, all centered around assisting students 
with the writing process and journey. Student Brands addresses writing pain points; students can search for a topic, 
develop  an  outline,  and  access  authenticity  technology.  The  content  database  allows  students  to  leverage  academic 
resources and references, with over 26 million essays across 4 languages representing more than 15 different countries, 
and receives more than 20 million unique monthly visitors to its sites. Student Brands has a substantial and growing 
community  of  online  learners,  with  approximately  100,000  subscribers  across  its  digital  properties. We  continue  to 
aggressively expand our ecosystem of products and services through our own internal development, as well as by partnering 
with  other  companies  to  provide  a  complete  hub  of  products  and  services  designed  to  improve  student  success  and 
outcomes.

•  Large Footprint with Direct Access to Students and Faculty. We operate 1,444 physical and virtual bookstores and serve more 
than 6 million students enrolled in higher education institutions and K-12 institutions. Through Student Brands and its affiliated 
websites, we extend our footprint directly to students as we offer services focused on writing help to approximately 100,000 
subscribers using our digital properties, across 4 languages representing more than 15 different countries. 

  Social Hub and Customer Connections. At our physical campus bookstores, we serve as social hubs for students and their 
faculty, allowing us to forge deep customer relationships that help us drive awareness of our services and loyalty. For 
our MBS Direct and MBS Wholesale businesses, we are connected with our customers’ students online and through our 
proprietary systems. As a result of our proprietary data on students and textbook adoptions, we can develop prescriptive 
content and services to help students.

  System  Integrations  with  Our  Higher  Education  Partners.  We  are  deeply  ingrained  in  the  course  material  adoption 
processes of our customers and seamlessly integrate their systems with our technology. Both BNC and MBS have highly 

7

integrated technology that streamlines the adoption process for faculty, enabling them to research and submit textbook 
adoptions online. Our technology solutions support informed decisions made by faculty on course material selection, 
provide information regarding title and format availability and the cost to students. 

  Understanding Our Demographics. Our multi-channel strategies focus on building close relationships and one-to-one 
connections  with  our  students,  faculty,  administrators,  and  alumni,  whether  in-store,  online,  or  mobile.  We  provide 
connectivity to our services whether our customers are in the classroom, at the stadium, or at orientation. We leverage 
and monetize our unique access to college students for third party brand partners looking to target the college demographic. 

•  Well-Established, Deep Relationships with Partners and Stable, Long-Term Contracts. We have strong partnerships with 
college and university administrators, as well as with publishers, vendors, and suppliers. We strive to be the first stop for 
students, educators, and administrators by offering existing and prospective clients the most comprehensive solutions available 
with our flexible physical, virtual, and hybrid bookstore models. 

  Relationships with Colleges and Universities. BNC stores are typically operated under management agreements with the 
college or university to be the official university bookstore and the exclusive seller of course materials and supplies, 
including physical and digital products sold in-store, online or through learning management systems. BNC's management 
contracts with colleges and universities typically include five year terms with renewal options and are typically cancelable 
by either party without penalty with 90 to 120 days' notice. Our BNC campus bookstores have an average relationship 
tenure of 15 years. From Fiscal 2015 through Fiscal 2018, over 90% of these contracts were renewed or extended, often 
before their termination dates. Our BNC decentralized management structure empowers local teams to make decisions 
based on the local campus needs and fosters collaborative working relationships with our partners.

Virtual bookstores offered through MBS Direct operate under a contract with the school as the exclusive online seller of 
course materials. For the past three years, we have retained over 90% of our contracts annually, with the majority of the 
contracts  being  automatically  renewed  as  per  the  contract  terms  or  renewed  before  their  expiration  dates.  MBS  has 
developed deep relationships with its wholesale customer base as a result of its substantial inventory of used textbooks, 
a comprehensive catalog of textbooks, and superior service and systems support. MBS Wholesale sells hardware and a 
software suite of applications that provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 430 
college bookstores.

  Relationships with Publishers. We have long-term relationships with over 10,000 publishers, who partner with us to 
access one of the largest distribution networks of college and K-12 educational materials in the United States. 

•  Well-Recognized Brands. The Barnes & Noble and MBS brands are virtually synonymous with bookselling, and we believe 
are widely recognized and respected brands in the United States. Our large college footprint, reputation, and credibility in the 
marketplace not only support our marketing efforts to universities, students, and faculty, but are also important for leading 
publishers who rely on us as one of their primary distribution channels. 

Growth Drivers 

The primary factors that we expect will enable us to grow our businesses and profitability are as follows:

•  Scalable and Advanced Digital Solutions Focused Largely on the Student.  The implementation of our digital strategy leverages 
our significant bookstore management assets, both physical and virtual, our student relationships, and our well established 
brands to help accelerate the adoption of our new digital products and services. Our physical and virtual bookstore footprint, 
and associated student relationships, present a sizable addressable market for the Company’s new digital products and services. 
By their nature, our new digital solutions are designed to be marketed and sold both inside and outside our physical and virtual 
bookstore footprint. We continue to enhance and invest in our digital content and solutions to complement and leverage our 
bookstore and wholesale businesses. The revenue from these services have higher margin rates due to the relatively fixed cost 
structure of these operations. 

Technology-enabled learning is a rapid growth area in the higher education industry, as a growing number of students are 
enrolling in online services to complement print and digital course materials and classroom activities, and we are ready to 
meet demand with our virtual bookstore and e-commerce solutions, our LoudCloud Courseware™ offerings, and our direct 
to student writing and learning solutions. We plan to leverage our physical and virtual product offerings by bundling our 
complementary digital solutions to improve student success and outcomes.

During Fiscal 2019, we will invest in our student success platform and proprietary content to drive our ecosystem of products 
and services.  In the future, our strategy is to aggressively grow the DSS segment via: (i) internally developed new products 
and services; (ii) through acquisitions of companies, products and services; (iii) and by partnering with other leading service 
providers,  like  The  Princeton  Review.  Unlike  other  providers  of  digital  services  to  students,  our  well-established,  deep 
relationships with college and university partners, as well as our physical presence on campus, provides us with a significant 
competitive advantage as we roll out new products and services on the campuses and universities we serve. This integration 

8

with the products and services from our other operating segments allows us to offer students new products and services in an 
increasingly relevant, cost effective, and targeted way.  The addressable market outside our physical and virtual bookstore 
footprint is an additional area where we plan to market these products and services to students.

•  Increasing Market Share with New Accounts. New store openings are an important driver of growth. In Fiscal 2018, BNC 
signed contracts for 33 new physical bookstores for estimated first year annual sales of $66 million. In Fiscal 2018, MBS 
signed contracts for 21 new virtual bookstores for estimated first year annual sales of $6 million. Currently, over 50% of 
college and university affiliated physical bookstores in the United States are operated by their respective institutions. We 
anticipate  the  trend  towards  outsourcing  in  the  campus  bookstore  market,  and  we  intend  to  aggressively  pursue  these 
opportunities to grow our BNC and MBS businesses. We evaluate each new contract based on established profitability measures 
to ensure we maintain a portfolio of profitable accounts. Our ability to offer existing and prospective clients physical, virtual 
and hybrid bookstore models is a key element of our competitive strategy. 

•  Expanding Our Strategic Opportunities through Acquisitions and Partnerships. We intend to pursue strategic relationships 
with  companies  that  enhance  our  educational  services  or  distribution  platform,  or  create  compelling  content  offerings. 
Acquisitions and partnerships, such as Student Brands, LoudCloud and MBS, helped us expand into new educational verticals 
and  markets,  but  other  markets  for  expansion  remain,  including  international  markets.  These  will  continue  to  be 
opportunistically evaluated.

Segments

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we had two reportable segments: BNC and MBS. In connection with our focus 
on developing digital solutions, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company realigned its business into the following 
three reportable segments: BNC, MBS and DSS.  Additionally, unallocated shared-service costs, which include various corporate 
level expenses and other governance functions, are presented as “Corporate Services”.

We  identified  our  segments  in  accordance  with  the  way  our  business  is  managed  (focusing  on  the  financial  information 
distributed) and the manner in which our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses financial performance. 
The following summarizes the three segments, with additional information in each respective subsequent segment discussion.

BNC Segment

The BNC Segment is comprised of the operations of BNC which operates 768 physical campus bookstores, the majority of 
which also have school-branded e-commerce sites operated by BNC and which offers students access to affordable course materials 
and affinity products, including emblematic apparel and gifts. BNC also offers its First Day™ inclusive access program, in which 
course materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students 
digitally on or before the first day of class. Additionally, the BNC segment offers a suite of digital content, software, and services 
to colleges and universities through our LoudCloud platform, such as predictive analytics, a variety of open educational resources 
courseware, and a competency-based learning platform.

MBS Segment

The MBS Segment is comprised of MBS's two highly integrated businesses: MBS Direct which operates 676 virtual bookstores 
for college and university campuses, and K-12 schools, and MBS Wholesale which is one of the largest textbook wholesalers in 
the country. MBS Wholesale's business centrally sources and sells new and used textbooks to more than 3,500 physical college 
bookstores, including BNC’s 768 campus bookstores. MBS Wholesale sells hardware and a software suite of applications that 
provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 430 college bookstores.

DSS Segment

The Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") segment includes direct-to-student product and service offerings to assist students to 
study more effectively and improve academic performance, thus enabling them to gain the valuable skills necessary to succeed 
after college. DSS is comprised of the operations of Student Brands, LLC, a leading direct-to-student subscription-based writing 
services business, with approximately 100,000 subscribers across its digital properties, as well as tutoring and test prep services 
offered through our partnership with The Princeton Review. We currently offer these online student services directly to students, 
and increasingly will be leveraging our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint to market directly to students 
where we serve as the campus bookstore. We continue to aggressively expand our ecosystem of products and services through 
our own internal development, as well as by partnering with other companies to provide a complete hub of products and services 
designed to improve student success and outcomes. 

9

General

BNC SEGMENT

The BNC segment is comprised of the operations of BNC which operates physical college and university campus bookstores, 
the majority of which also have school-branded e-commerce sites operated by BNC, offering students access to affordable course 
materials and affinity products, including emblematic apparel and gifts. BNC physical bookstores, e-commerce sites and digital 
platforms serve and interact with the key constituents in our business ecosystem and act as a key partner for students, universities 
and publishers.

Contracts

BNC stores are typically operated under management agreements with the college or university to be the official university 
bookstore and the exclusive seller of course materials and supplies, including physical and digital products sold in-store, online 
or through learning management systems. BNC offers existing and prospective clients the flexibility of physical, virtual and hybrid 
bookstore models. 

Agreements are typically five years with renewal options and are typically cancelable by either party without penalty with 90 
to 120 days' notice. BNC pays the school a percentage of sales for the right to be the official college or university bookstore and 
the use of the premises; more than half of our agreements do not have any minimum guaranteed amount to be paid to our partners. 
In addition, BNC has the non-exclusive right to sell all items typically sold in a college bookstore both in-store and online. BNC 
also has the ability to integrate its systems with the university’s systems in order to accept student financial aid, university debit 
cards and other forms of payment. Over the past four years, BNC has renewed more than 90% of their agreements, with the majority 
of the agreements being renewed before their expiration dates.

Customers and Distribution Network

 As of April 28, 2018, BNC operates 768 physical college and university bookstores operations located in the United States, 
in 43 states and the District of Columbia. During Fiscal 2018, BNC opened 33 stores with estimated first year annual sales of $66 
million, and closed 34 stores with estimated first year annual sales of $47 million. As of June 11, 2018, BNC has signed additional 
contracts for 21 new stores with estimated first year annual sales of $55 million, which are expected to open during Fiscal 2019 
and expects to close 25 stores with estimated first year annual sales of $35 million. Closed stores are comprised of contracts that 
may have been lost in a competitive bid process, satellite store locations that we elect to close but continue to operate the main 
contract, and other contracts with low sales volume. We evaluate each new contract based on established profitability measures 
to ensure we maintain a portfolio of profitable stores.  

Product and Service Offerings

BNC's campus stores are social and academic hubs through which students can access affordable course materials and affinity 
products, including new and used print, eTextbooks, and e-content, which are available for sale or rent; emblematic apparel and 
gifts; trade books; technology; school and dorm supplies; café offerings; convenience food and beverages; and graduation products. 
The majority of campus stores also have school-branded e-commerce sites operated by BNC which offer the same products as the 
on campus stores. BNC offerings also include a variety of digital content, courseware and software and related services, such as 
predictive analytics, and competency-based learning solutions. Product and service offerings include:

•  Course Material Sales and Rentals. Sales and rentals of course materials are a core revenue driver and BNC's online platform 
and registration solutions are deeply ingrained in their partner schools’ textbook selection process. BNC works directly with 
faculty to ensure the textbooks they have chosen for their courses are available in all required formats before the start of 
classes. MBS’s wholesale distribution channel enables BNC to optimize textbook sourcing so they are able to more efficiently 
source and distribute a comprehensive inventory of affordable course materials to customers. 

BNC offers its First Day™ inclusive access program, in which course materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced 
price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students digitally on or before the first day of class. We have entered 
into several agreements with major publishers, including Cengage, McGraw-Hill Education and Pearson, to provide their e-
content through First Day™, or directly to BNC campus bookstores and MBS Direct virtual bookstores. The seamless delivery 
is made possible by our First Day™ technology and publishers' technology integrations with campus systems. These initiatives 
provide students, faculty and institutions greater access to more affordable course materials.

In Fiscal 2018, we signed an agreement with McGraw-Hill Education, in which MBS was selected as a national distributor 
for rental textbooks offered through McGraw-Hill Education's newly announced consignment rental program. The program 
includes approximately 230 titles. Through its centrally located, advanced distribution center, MBS will offer the seamless 
integration of McGraw-Hill Education's consignment rental program and centralized administration and distribution to more 
than 3,500 stores. McGraw-Hill Education's consignment rental program will also be made available to MBS Wholesale 

10

customers, including institutionally run and contract managed campus bookstores, as well as BNC physical bookstores, and 
MBS Direct customers. 

•  LoudCloud  Courseware™.  LoudCloud  Courseware™,  a  turnkey  solution  for  colleges  and  universities,  offers  advanced, 
affordable learning materials built on a  high-quality foundation of open educational resources and enhanced  with digital 
content that includes videos, activities and auto-graded practice assessments that faculty can easily customize to align with 
class  objectives.  LoudCloud  Courseware™  significantly  reduces  course  material  costs  for  students  and  enables  easier 
implementation for faculty. LoudCloud Courseware™ is delivered digitally on BNC's LoudCloud platform, with analytics 
integrated into the solution, and companion print versions available to students and educators to provide flexibility to learn 
and teach in either format. Courseware offerings include general education courses, including sociology, psychology and 
economics. In May 2018, as part of its ongoing mission to drive affordability and accessibility, BNC announced that it lowered 
the price of its courseware and expanded its available subject offerings to 32 courses for the fall 2018 semester, which is 
consistent with our LoudCloud Courseware™ development road map. In Fiscal 2018, we had LoudCloud Courseware™ sales 
to approximately 21,000 students at 40 colleges and universities, including technical colleges and online programs.

•  eTextbooks. BNC has partnered with VitalSource, a global leader in building, enhancing and delivering digital content, on our 

digital reading platform and a broad digital catalog.

•  General  Merchandise.  BNC  drives  general  merchandise  sales  through  both  its  in-store  and  online  channels  and  features 
collegiate and athletic apparel, other custom-branded school spirit products, technology products, supplies and convenience 
items. We continue to see significant growth in our general merchandise e-commerce sales, with year over year growth of 
22.8% in Fiscal 2018. Additionally, BNC's Promoversity subsidiary's standalone e-commerce solution can serve any school, 
corporation or group looking for customized apparel, corporate gifts and novelties, and other merchandise.

As  of April  28,  2018,  BNC  operates  87 True  Spirit  e-commerce  websites,  which  are  dedicated  virtual  stores  that  appeal 
specifically to the alumni and sports fan base. BNC also operates pop-up retail locations at major sporting events, such as 
football and basketball games, for our partner colleges and universities. The True Spirit e-commerce websites for athletic 
branded merchandise and the physical pop-up retail locations continue to build our partner schools’ brands through alumni 
and athletics, fostering school spirit and capturing the excitement of collegiate sports. We utilize event driven direct marketing 
strategies for events, such as tournament playoffs or homecoming events, to target an online population of students, alumni 
and sports fans, with emails and search engine marketing. 

•  Cafes  and  Convenience  Stores.  BNC  operates  86  customized  cafés,  featuring  Starbucks  Coffee®,  and  18  stand-alone 
convenience stores, as well as diverse grab-and-go options including organic, vegan, gluten-free and ethnic fare. These offerings 
increase traffic and time spent in our physical stores.

• 

LoudCloud Platform. Through our LoudCloud platform, we address the growing demand for alternative forms of educational 
materials and learning tools. LoudCloud is a sophisticated digital platform comprised of learning analytics and competency 
learning  solutions.  Our  LoudSight  predictive  analytics  solution  captures  and  analyzes  key  demographic,  behavioral  and 
performance metrics from students and provides real-time alerts, allowing educators to identify, monitor and support at-risk 
students to improve student success. LoudCloud's analytics solution connects disparate systems on campus, builds predictive 
models based upon data collected by institutions, and presents advisors with a unified view of the factors that drive student 
success on their campus. LoudSight has the ability to capture and analyze over 200 parameters across demographic, performance 
and participation data points. 

  Through our partnership with Instructure, a leading educational technology company and creator of the Canvas LMS, 
LoudSight can be fully integrated in Canvas’s platform, providing higher education institutions with actionable insights 
that provide a comprehensive view of the student journey. Instructure is a leading LMS provider at schools across the 
country, and we believe the ability to integrate with a school’s Canvas system makes our analytics solution more efficient 
and effective.

  We entered into an agreement with Unizin, Ltd. ("Unizin") in Fiscal 2018 to provide its 22 member universities with 
LoudSight. As a result, faculty and advisors will have access to a customized solution that helps educators identify, 
monitor, and support at-risk students, with the goal of improving student success rates and retention.

  We announced our strategic partnership with Portland State University ("PSU") to co-develop a degree planning solution. 
Using insights generated by PSU's reTHINK initiative and leveraging our analytics platform, the solution will ultimately 
help more students graduate on time with better pathways to employment and provide the university with long-term 
demand planning tools.

•  Brand Partnerships. Through BNC's unique relationship with students, colleges and universities, and our premier position 
on campus, BNC operates as a media channel for brands looking to target the college demographic, and derives revenue from 
these marketing share programs. BNC creates strategic, integrated campaigns which include research, email, social media, 
display  advertising,  on-campus  events,  signage,  and  sampling.  BNC's  client  list  includes  brands,  such  as  Chase, Target, 

11

Masterpass, GEICO, DirecTV, Verizon, The New York Times and Tom's of Maine. Revenue from these services have higher 
margin rates due to the relatively low incremental cost structure to provide these services.

Merchandising and Supply Chain Management

BNC's purchasing procedures vary by product type (i.e. textbooks, general merchandise or trade books). Purchases are made 
at the store level with strategic corporate oversight, to determine purchase quantities and maintain appropriate inventory levels. 
After titles are adopted for an upcoming term, the BNC store staff determine how much inventory to purchase based on several 
factors, including student enrollment and the previous term’s textbook sales history. BNC uses an automated sourcing systems to 
determine if its stores have the necessary new or used textbooks on hand and may transfer the inventory to the appropriate store.  
Our acquisition of MBS significantly increased our textbook supply at competitive prices, as well as our ability to liquidate non-
returnable inventory. MBS’s broad wholesale distribution channel and warehousing systems also drive inventory efficiencies, 
allowing BNC to optimize its textbook sourcing and purchasing processes.

After internal sourcing, BNC purchases books from outside suppliers. As part of its contracts with institutions, BNC generally 
guarantees that it will order textbooks for all courses. BNC's primary suppliers of new textbooks include Pearson Education, 
Cengage Learning, McGraw-Hill Education, MacMillan, and John Wiley & Sons. BNC's primary suppliers of used textbooks are 
students, through returns of previously rented and purchased books. The stores offer a "Cash for Books" program in which students 
can sell their books back to the store at the end of the semester, typically in December and May. Students typically receive 50% 
of the price they originally paid for the book if it has been adopted for a future class or the current wholesale price if it has not. 
Both unsold textbooks and trade books are generally returnable to publishers for full credit. For textbook sales and rentals, BNC 
utilizes sophisticated inventory management platforms to manage pricing and inventory across all its stores.

The larger stores feature an expanded selection of trade books (general reading) and use the Barnes & Noble, Inc. Book Master 
system, a proprietary merchandising system licensed from Barnes & Noble, Inc. BNC home office merchants meet with publishers 
on a regular basis to identify new titles and trends to support this changing business. 

General merchandise vendors and products are initially selected by home office merchants using the analytics and insights 
from  BNC's  planning  and  allocation  systems.  This  data  is  used  to  establish  benchmarks  across  school  type,  region  and  the 
demographics of each of our partner institution’s student base to help local store management team forecast sales and trends. 

Omni Channel Retailer and Customer Marketing Strategies

BNC obtains student and faculty email lists for direct communication which provides for seamless integration into the university 
community and potential co-branded marketing opportunities. BNC's ability to support and promote our partner schools’ brands 
strengthens and deepens our relationships with the administration, faculty, alumni, parents and students. BNC's omni channel 
strategies focus on building close relationships and one-to-one connections where our customers need us to be - in-store, online, 
mobile, at the stadium, at orientation, or wherever they are.

Faculty

BNC connects with  approximately 390,000 faculty members who use  FacultyEnlight®, our proprietary online platform which 
enhances content search, discovery and adoption (i.e. textbook selection), enabling them to find and select the course materials 
that are both relevant to their subject matter and affordable to their students. 

Students and Parents

BNC's Campus Connect Technologies™ platform is customizable technology that delivers a seamless experience, providing 
students and faculty with the ability to research, locate and purchase the most affordable course materials. The platform includes 
registration integration, learning management system integration, real-time financial aid platform, point of sale platform and course 
fee solution. Through BNC's fully integrated purchasing process, students can purchase their course materials in-store or online, 
or buy them when registering for classes through our Registration Integration solution.

BNC has flexible research channels that help us stay ahead of the rapidly changing needs and behaviors of our customers, 
and proactively respond with dynamic solutions. BNC's College InsightsTM platform connects with more than 8,000 college students, 
and helps us to create the ideal customer experience. BNC's marketing efforts are centered around an active digital community of 
over  6.8  million  people,  which  includes  engaged  email  subscribers  and  continuous  dialogue  with  customers  on  our  school-
customized social media channels, including Facebook, Instagram and Twitter, as well as our student blog, The College Juice. 
BNC's exclusive Student Point of View ("POV") online panel and our Parent POV online panel helps BNC to better understand 
their  attitudes,  values  and  behaviors.  Nationwide,  during  the  current  fiscal  year,  BNC  has  built  approximately  one  million 
connections with incoming students and their parents. Using a marketing automation platform, BNC segments students based on 
demographics and purchasing behavior to ensure its audience receives the most relevant messages and experience. BNC's dynamic 
email campaigns educate students on format and affordability options, as well as ongoing promotions from game day to graduation.

12

Alumni

Additionally,  BNC's  access  to  alumni  through  university  alumni  offices,  including  over  1.3  million  alumni  with  existing 
customer accounts, allow BNC to leverage digital marketing strategies on its dedicated fan and alumni e-commerce sites focused 
on athletic game day and other milestone events for further general merchandise sales growth in school-spirit apparel and related 
items.

Seasonality

BNC’s business is highly seasonal, with the major portion of sales and operating profit realized during the second and third 
fiscal quarters, when college students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. Revenue from the rental 
of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over the rental period commencing at point of sale. Revenue from the rental of 
digital textbooks is recognized at time of sale. 

General

MBS SEGMENT

The MBS segment is comprised of the operations of our MBS subsidiary, which we acquired in February 2017, and which 
operates two highly integrated businesses: MBS Direct and MBS Wholesale, as described below. MBS enables the Company to 
generate  more  value  from  the  textbook  marketplace  through  inventory  and  procurement  synergies,  increases  our  addressable 
market for digital courseware solutions and services, and allows the Company to offer existing and prospective clients physical, 
virtual and hybrid bookstore models, which is a key element of our competitive strategy. 

Contracts

Virtual bookstores offered through MBS Direct operate under a contract with the school as the exclusive online seller of 
course materials. Agreements typically have a term that ranges between 3-5 years, with automatic renewal periods. For the past 
three years, MBS has annually retained over 90% of its contracts, with the majority of the contracts being automatically renewed 
as per the contract or renewed before their expiration dates.

MBS Direct signed contracts for 21 new virtual stores in Fiscal 2018 with estimated first year annual sales of $6 million, and 
closed 57 stores.  As of June 8, 2018, MBS has signed additional contracts for 25 new relationships in Fiscal 2019 for estimated 
first year annual sales of $9 million. Closed contracts are primarily comprised of contracts that may have been lost in a competitive 
bid process, as well as contracts with low sales volume. We evaluate each new contract based on established profitability measures 
to ensure we maintain a portfolio of profitable accounts. 

Customers and Distribution Network

MBS Direct

The MBS Direct business is the largest contract operator of virtual bookstores for college and university campuses, and K-12 
schools, operating 676 virtual bookstores. Through contracts with its clients, MBS Direct operates as the institution’s official 
source of course materials with exclusive rights to booklists and access to online programs that link course materials to the courses 
offered by the school. MBS also operates Textbooks.comSM which is one of the largest e-commerce sites for new and used textbooks. 
This division is primarily for direct-to-student sales. 

As of April 28, 2018, MBS Direct operated 448 K-12 virtual stores (66%) and 228 Higher Education virtual stores (34%) in 
approximately 48 states, and District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. In Fiscal 2018, sales from K-12 virtual stores were approximately 
25% of total sales and sales from Higher Education virtual stores were approximately 75% of total sales.

MBS Wholesale

MBS Wholesale is one of the largest textbook wholesalers in the country, providing a comprehensive selection of new and 
used textbooks at a lower cost of supply to more than 3,500 physical bookstores, including BNC’s 768 campus bookstores. MBS 
Wholesale sells hardware and a software suite of applications that provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to 
approximately 430 college bookstores. MBS Wholesale has deep relationships with clients due to the large inventory of used 
textbooks, a comprehensive catalog of textbooks, superior service and systems support. 

Product and Service Offerings

Product and Service offerings include:

•  Course Material Sales and Rentals. MBS Direct services virtual bookstores with a comprehensive e-commerce experience 
and a broad suite of affordable course materials, including new and used print and digital textbooks, which are available for 
sale or rent. MBS Direct offers a robust used textbook selection, unique guaranteed buyback program, dynamic pricing, and 
marketplace  offerings.  Additionally,  MBS  Direct  sells  new,  used  and  digital  textbooks  directly  to  students  through 
Textbooks.comSM, one of the largest e-commerce sites for new and used textbooks. MBS’s Wholesale distribution channel 

13

enables MBS Direct to optimize its textbook sourcing so it is able to more efficiently source and distribute a comprehensive 
inventory of affordable course materials to customers. MBS Direct also digitally delivers cost-effective course materials via 
inclusive access programs to ensure students have their course materials on the first day of class. Similar to the BNC segment, 
MBS Direct partnered with McGraw-Hill Education and Pearson to offer their e-content through the inclusive access programs 
through the MBS Direct virtual bookstores. For additional information, see the BNC Segment discussion. 

•  Wholesale Textbook Distribution. MBS Wholesale centrally sources and sells new and used textbooks to over 3,500 physical 
college bookstores, including BNED’s 768 campus bookstores. MBS Wholesale's large inventory of used textbooks consists 
of approximately 300,000 textbook titles in stock, and it has a highly automated distribution facility that processes more than 
13 million textbooks annually. 

Additionally, MBS was selected as a national distributor for rental textbooks offered through McGraw-Hill Education's newly 
announced  consignment  rental  program  (which  includes  approximately  230  titles)  and  Pearson  Education’s  expanded 
consignment rental program (which includes approximately 150 titles). Through its centrally located, advanced distribution 
center, MBS will offer the seamless integration of these consignment rental programs and centralized administration and 
distribution to more than 3,500 stores. These consignment rental programs will also be made available to MBS Wholesale 
customers, including institutionally run and contract managed campus bookstores, as well as BNC physical bookstores, and 
MBS Direct customers.

•  Wholesale Inventory Management, Hardware and POS Software. MBS Wholesale sells hardware and a software suite of 
applications that provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 430 college bookstores. MBS 
Wholesale provides on-site installation for point-of-sale terminals and servers, and offers technical assistance through user 
training and our support center facility. The cost savings and ease of deployment ensure clients get the most out of their 
management systems and create strong customer loyalty. 

•  eTextbooks. MBS has partnered with VitalSource, a global leader with a broad digital catalog to build, enhance and deliver 

digital content. 

•  LoudCloud Courseware™.  LoudCloud Courseware™, a turnkey solution for colleges and universities, offers advanced, 
affordable learning materials built on a high-quality foundation of open educational resources and enhanced with digital 
content that includes videos, activities and auto-graded practice assessments that faculty can easily customize to align with 
class  objectives.  LoudCloud  Courseware™  significantly  reduces  course  material  costs  for  students  and  enables  easier 
implementation for faculty. MBS’s broad base of wholesale and virtual bookstore customers provides us with new sales 
opportunities for BNC's digital suite of course materials and platforms as discussed above in the BNC Segment discussion.

Supply Chain Management

MBS Direct utilizes Course Director, a web-based product that allows faculty and/or staff to research, update, approve and 
submit  textbook  adoptions  online,  as  well  as  support  informed  decisions  made  by  faculty  on  adoptions  based  on  real-time 
information regarding title availability, edition status and price. This real-time information is primarily sourced from the MBS 
Wholesale used textbook inventory. Using the MBS Direct system ensures that the fulfillment order is directed first to MBS 
Wholesale before other sources of inventory are utilized.

An extensive national sales force secures a steady supply of high demand used books, which is critical to the success of the 
MBS Wholesale business. MBS’s primary suppliers of used textbooks are students, through returns of previously rented and 
purchased books. MBS also purchases new and used textbooks from BNC, other bookstore operators, institutional bookstores, 
book dealers, publishers, other distributors and other wholesalers. MBS offers a "Cash for Books" program in which students can 
sell their books back to the store at the end of the semester, typically in December and May.

MBS’s broad wholesale distribution channel and warehousing systems also drive inventory efficiencies, allowing us to optimize 
our  textbook  sourcing,  purchasing  and  liquidation  processes.  We  can  leverage  MBS  Wholesale’s  distribution  channel  and 
warehousing systems to more efficiently source and distribute a robust, comprehensive inventory of affordable course materials 
to customers with the highest and greatest need. Through the proprietary MBS Database Buying Guide, we have access to the best 
maintained, most accurate, and most complete source of college textbook information available - a key asset that allows us to 
develop superior supply and demand insights and risk management capabilities.

Customer Marketing Strategies

Students

MBS student marketing programs promote the retail businesses of MBS Direct and Textbooks.comSM. MBS Direct marketing 
efforts target the student population of contracted schools. MBS Direct emails students frequently throughout the year to promote 
the online bookstore, offer purchasing incentives and encourage buyback, in addition to other communications. Textbooks.comSM
marketing strategies target an online population of students, lifelong learners, parents and general textbook shoppers through a 
variety of channels including email, search engine marketing, affiliate marketing and display marketing.

14

School Administrators

To market MBS Direct and Wholesale services, MBS maintains an active contact list of over 37,000 school management and 
administrators. MBS produces and distributes print and digital marketing campaigns to this contact list several times throughout 
the year. MBS employs a field sales and marketing force tasked with representing the entire MBS line of products and services 
to schools across North America. 

During Fiscal 2018, MBS built more than 56,000 connections with current and potential clients through its blog sites and 
social media presence, and had over 2.2 million visits to its primary business websites, mbsbooks.com and mbsdirect.net. These 
efforts have allowed MBS to capture market share and successfully engage administrators.

Seasonality

MBS’s business is highly seasonal. For MBS Direct retail operations (virtual bookstores), a major portion of sales and operating 
profit are realized during the second and third quarters, when students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming 
semesters. For MBS’s wholesale business, a major portion of sales and operating profit is realized during the first, second and 
third fiscal quarters, as it sells textbooks for retail distribution.

DIGITAL STUDENT SOLUTIONS SEGMENT

General 

The Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment includes direct-to-student product and service offerings to assist students to 
study more effectively and improve academic performance, thus enabling them to gain the valuable skills necessary to succeed 
after college. DSS is comprised of the operations of Student Brands, LLC, a leading direct-to-student subscription-based writing 
services business, with approximately 100,000 subscribers across its digital properties, as well as tutoring and test prep services 
offered through our partnership with The Princeton Review. We currently offer these online student services directly to students, 
and increasingly will be leveraging our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint to market directly to students 
where we serve as the campus bookstore. We offer these online services to students via internet search engine optimization ("SEO"), 
as well as by marketing directly to students in our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint.   

With  the  acquisition  of  Student  Brands,  the  Company  expanded  its  product  portfolio  with  a  complementary  educational 
subscription-based product and gained access to a direct-to-student operation which can be leveraged to expand or introduce other 
products and services beyond the footprint of the existing college bookstore operations. Our physical and virtual bookstore footprint, 
and associated student relationships, present a sizable addressable market for the Company’s new digital products and services. 
By their nature, our new digital solutions are designed to be marketed and sold both inside and outside our physical and virtual 
bookstore  footprint. We  continue  to  enhance  and  invest  in  our  digital  content  and  solutions  to  complement  and  leverage  our 
bookstore and wholesale businesses. The revenue from these services have higher margin rates due to the relatively fixed cost 
structure of these operations.

We continue to aggressively expand our ecosystem of products and services through our own internal development, as well 
as by partnering with other companies to provide a complete hub of products and services designed to improve student success 
and outcomes. We continue to innovate and collaborate with our partners to provide solutions and services in an efficient, low-
cost/high-value manner that extend well beyond sourcing course materials and sales to include new digital services that support 
successful student outcomes. We plan to leverage our product offerings by bundling our products, with complementary solution 
services. 

During Fiscal 2019, we will invest in our student success platform and proprietary content to drive our ecosystem of products 
and services.  In the future, our strategy is to aggressively grow the DSS segment via: (i) internally developed new products and 
services; (ii) through acquisitions of companies, products and services; (iii) and by partnering with other leading service providers, 
like The Princeton Review. Unlike other providers of digital services to students, our well-established, deep relationships with 
college and university partners, as well as our physical presence on campus, provides us with a significant competitive advantage 
as we roll out new products and services on the campuses and universities we serve. This integration with the products and services 
from our other operating segments allows us to offer students new products and services in an increasingly relevant, cost effective, 
and targeted way.  The addressable market outside our physical and virtual bookstore footprint is an additional area where we plan 
to market these products and services to students.

Customers and Service Offerings

Student Brands provides writing services in a direct-to-student subscription-based model. The majority of subscriptions sold 
are one month in duration. Subscription revenue is deferred and recognized over the service period. Student Brands also generates 
revenue from digital advertisements. The revenue from these services have higher margin rates due to the relatively fixed cost 
structure of these operations. 

15

Student Brands has a substantial and growing community of online learners, with approximately 100,000 subscribers across 
its  digital  properties,  which  include  Bartleby.com,  123HelpMe.com,  and  StudyMode.com  in  the  United  States  and 
TrabalhosFeitos.com, Etudier.com and Monografias.com in Brazil, France and Mexico, respectively. 

Student Brands addresses writing pain points; students can search for a topic, develop an outline, and access authenticity 
technology. The content database allows students to leverage academic resources and references, with over 26 million essays across 
4 languages representing more than 15 different countries, and receives more than 20 million unique monthly visitors to its sites. 
Student Brands utilizes deep data analytics and artificial intelligence to drive its content management system, the "Content Brain". 
The study tools supplement the student’s learning ecosystem by assisting across multiple subjects and varied assignments on a 
digital platform.

Customer Marketing Strategies

The implementation of our digital strategy initially relies on leveraging our bookstore relationships, both physical and virtual, 
to help accelerate the adoption of our new digital products and services. By leveraging the BNC and MBS footprints among students 
and faculty, K-12 schools and higher education institutions, as well with our SEO efforts, Student Brands has substantially more 
opportunities to market the solutions students need to improve success in the classroom and beyond.

Seasonality

Student Brands' sales and operating profit are realized relatively consistently throughout the year, although quarterly results 

may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various schools' semesters.

TRENDS, COMPETITION AND OTHER BUSINESS CONDITIONS AFFECTING OUR BUSINESS

The market for educational materials is undergoing unprecedented change. Overall spending on education, including tuition, 
continues to increase dramatically. As tuition and other costs rise, colleges and universities face increasing pressure to attract and 
retain  students  and  provide  them  with  innovative,  affordable  educational  content  and  tools  that  support  their  educational 
development. Current trends, competition and other factors affecting our business include:

•  Increased Use of Online and Digital Platforms as Companions or Alternatives to Printed Course Materials. Students and 
faculty can now choose from a wider variety of educational content and tools than ever before, delivered across both print 
and digital platforms. Students and faculty are increasingly relying on online and digital platforms as a means to discover, 
consume and share educational content and access affordable non-traditional educational content, including online coursework 
and supplemental materials. Whereas some companies are creating digital delivery systems that would seek to make traditional 
textbooks obsolete, others are developing new technologies to complement traditional offerings. Importantly, we have the 
ability  to  adjust  and  grow  our  digital  offering  efficiently  to  complement  our  printed  textbook  sales  and  rental  business. 
Technology-enabled learning is a rapid growth area in the higher education industry, as a growing number of students are 
enrolling in online services to complement print and digital course materials and classroom activities, and we are ready to 
meet demand with our virtual bookstore and e-commerce solutions, and our LoudCloud Courseware™ offering.

•  Distribution Network Evolving. The way course materials are distributed and consumed is changing significantly, a trend that 
is  expected  to  continue.  The  market  for  course  materials,  including  textbooks  and  supplemental  materials,  is  intensely 
competitive and subject to rapid change.

  Disintermediation. We are experiencing growing competition from alternative media and alternative sources of textbooks 
and course-related materials. Significant changes in the distribution of course materials are already underway as a result 
of start-ups promoting free online textbooks, including OER, and generating revenue from related services, institutions 
licensing digital materials and providing them to students for a fee, or the surge of textbook rental programs in campus 
bookstores and online platforms. In addition to the official physical or virtual campus bookstore, course materials are 
also sold through off-campus bookstores, e-commerce outlets, digital platform companies, publishers, including Cengage, 
Pearson and McGraw Hill, bypassing the bookstore distribution channel by selling or renting directly to students and 
educational institutions, and student-to-student transactions over the Internet.  

  Supply Chain and Inventory - Since the demand for used and new textbooks has historically been greater than the available 
supply, our financial results are highly dependent upon MBS Wholesale’s ability to build its textbook inventory from 
suppliers in advance of the selling season. Some textbook publishers have begun to supply textbooks on consignment or 
rental programs which could impact used textbook supplies in the future. MBS was selected as a national distributor for 
rental textbooks offered through McGraw-Hill Education's newly announced consignment rental program (which includes 
approximately 230 titles) and Pearson Education’s expanded consignment rental program (which includes approximately 
150 titles). Through its centrally located, advanced distribution center, MBS will offer the seamless integration of these 
consignment rental programs and centralized administration and distribution to more than 3,500 stores. These consignment 
rental programs will also be made available to MBS Wholesale customers, including institutionally run and contract 
managed campus bookstores, as well as BNC physical bookstores, and MBS Direct customers.

16

  Price Competition. In addition to the competition in the services we provide to our customers, our textbook business 
faces significant price competition. Students often purchase textbooks and course materials from multiple providers, are 
highly price sensitive, and can easily shift spending from one provider or format to another. Some of our competitors 
have adopted, and may continue to adopt, aggressive pricing policies and devote substantial resources to marketing, 
website and systems development. In Fiscal 2018, our comparable store sales were impacted by lower average selling 
prices of course materials driven by lower publisher prices resulting from a shift to lower cost options and more affordable 
solutions, including digital. 

•  Competition. In addition to the competition we face from alternative distribution sources, we also have competition from other 

college bookstore operators and educational content providers. 

  Competitors consist of other college bookstore operators and educational content providers. Competitors include BBA 
Solutions, a college textbook retailer; bn.com, the e-commerce platform of Barnes & Noble, Inc.; Chegg.com, an online 
textbook  rental  company  and  student  learning  platform;  eCampus,  an  online  provider  of  course  materials;  Follett 
Corporation, a contract operator of campus bookstores; IndiCo, an entity created by National Association of College 
Bookstores (“NACS”); Texas Book Company, bookstore management and operations; and Vital Source Technologies, 
Inc., a digital course materials provider. We also have competition from providers of eTextbooks, such as Apple iTunes, 
Blackboard, Google, and Redshelf, and various private textbook rental websites. At our institutions we serve, we face 
competition  for  predictive  analytics  and  competency-based  learning  platforms,  such  as  Civitas  Learning,  a  learning 
analytics platform.

  Competitors that provide online bookstore solutions to colleges and universities not only compete with our physical 
bookstore  operations,  but  also  compete  with  MBS  Direct's  virtual  stores.  MBS  Direct  also  faces  competition  from 
Akademos, Ambassador Educational Solutions, Chegg.com; eCampus, edMap, EdTech, Follett Corporation, Texas Book 
Company, Tree of Life, and VitalSource Technologies, Inc. MBS Wholesale competes with Amazon, BBA Solutions, 
Follett Corporation, IndiCo, Nebraska Book Company, and Texas Book Company for new and used book inventory and 
distribution.

  Competitors that compete with our general merchandise and convenience offerings include Fanatics, Sodexo & Aramark, 
online retailers, physical and online office supply stores, and local and national retailers that offer college themed and 
other general merchandise.

  Our DSS segment faces competition from other digital student solutions providers that include Chegg.com, CourseHero, 
Grammarly, Quizlet, Noodle Tools, and Turnitin (iParadigms).  As we develop a wider range of products and services, 
our competitive landscape will change and include other competitors in the broader student services market.

•  A Majority of Traditional Campus Bookstores Have Yet to be Outsourced.

  Outsourcing Trends. We continue to see increasing trends towards outsourcing in the campus bookstore market, including 
virtual bookstores and online marketplace websites. We also continue to see a variety of business models being pursued 
for the provision of textbooks, course materials and general merchandise. Contract costs, which are included in cost of 
sales, and primarily consist of the payments we make to the colleges and universities to operate their official bookstores 
(management service agreement costs), including rent expense, have generally increased as a percentage of sales as a 
result of increased competition for renewals and new store contracts. We continue to work on evolving our business 
model and enhance our solutions, as well as enforce our contract exclusivity, to combat increased competition. 

  New and Existing Bookstore Contracts. We expect awards of new accounts resulting in new physical and virtual store 
openings will continue to be an important driver of future growth in our business. We expect to continue to successfully 
renew our current contracts on favorable terms. We are awarded additional contracts for stores as colleges and universities 
decide  to  outsource  their  bookstore,  and  we  also  obtain  new  contracts  for  stores  that  were  previously  operated  by 
competitors. Our virtual bookstore capability expands our addressable market to include schools that cannot or prefer 
not to have a physical campus bookstore. Sales trends are primarily impacted by new store openings, increasing the 
students and faculty served, as well as changes in comparable store sales and store closings. 

•  Overall Economic Environment, College Enrollment and Consumer Spending Patterns. Our business is affected by the overall 
economic environment, funding levels at colleges and universities, by changes in enrollments at colleges and universities, 
and spending on course materials and general merchandise. 

  Economic Environment: BNC general merchandise sales are subject to short-term fluctuations driven by the broader retail 
environment. We expect general merchandise sales to continue to increase over the long term, as our product assortments 
continue  to  emphasize  and  reflect  the  changing  consumer  trends,  and  we  evolve  our  presentation  concepts  and 
merchandising of products in stores and online. Lighter store traffic and a continued reluctance by the consumer to make 
discretionary purchases, along with a softer retail environment, has recently impacted our general merchandise sales. We 
are confident that our product assortment reflects consumer trends and have received encouraging customer response to 

17

our promotional and digital marketing efforts, especially as it relates to web orders. We are encouraged by the growth in 
our e-commerce sales and expect general merchandise sales to improve as the general retail environment rebounds, but 
we are taking a cautious approach given the overall uncertainty in the market.

  Enrollment Trends. The growth of our business depends on our ability to attract new students and to increase the level 
of engagement by our current student customers. We continue to see downward enrollment trends and shrinking resources 
from state and federal government for colleges and universities. Enrollment trends, specifically at community colleges, 
continue to decline, led primarily by an improved economy and a dip in the United States birth rate resulting in fewer 
students at the traditional 18-24 year old college age. Consistent with projections from the National Center for Education 
Statistics, we expect undergraduate enrollment to increase in the long-term.

According to a Babson Survey Research Group report, over 30% of higher education students are taking at least one 
distance education or online course. Online degree program enrollments continue to grow, even in the face of declining 
overall higher education enrollment. Our comprehensive digital offerings, particularly with our LoudCloud Courseware™ 
program and the First Day™ inclusive access program, in which course materials, including e-content, are offered at a 
reduced price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students digitally on or before the first day of class, make 
us well positioned to capitalize on this trend. 

EMPLOYEES

As of April 28, 2018, the Company had approximately 6,600 full time and regularly scheduled part-time employees. In 
addition, we hired approximately 15,800 temporary employees during peak periods during Fiscal 2018. Our employees are not 
represented by unions, with the exception of 26 employees. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

The following sets forth information regarding our executive officers, including their positions (ages as of June 21, 2018):

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

Name
Michael P. Huseby. . . . . . . .
Patrick Maloney . . . . . . . . .

Barry Brover . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kanuj Malhotra . . . . . . . . . .

Michael C. Miller . . . . . . . .
Stephen Culver . . . . . . . . . .
JoAnn Magill. . . . . . . . . . . .
Seema C. Paul . . . . . . . . . . .

Age
63
62

57
51

46
53
64
54

Position
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President, Operations; President, Barnes & Noble

College

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President, Corporate Development; President, Digital

Student Solutions

Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and General Counsel
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer
Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer

Michael P. Huseby, age 63, serves as our Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. He was a member 
of the Board of Directors of Barnes & Noble from January 2014 and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble 
until the complete legal and structural separation of the Company from Barnes & Noble on August 2, 2015. Mr. Huseby was 
elected to the Board of Directors of the Company and was appointed Executive Chairman effective August 2, 2015. Effective 
September 19, 2017, Mr. Huseby became Chief Executive Officer of the Company in addition to his role as Chairman of the Board 
of Directors. Previously, Mr. Huseby was appointed President of Barnes & Noble in July 2013, and Chief Financial Officer of 
Barnes & Noble in March 2012. From 2004 to 2011, Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
of Cablevision Systems Corporation, a leading telecommunications and media company, which was acquired by the Altice Group 
in June 2016. He served on the Cablevision Systems Corporation Board of Directors in 2000 and 2001. Prior to joining Cablevision, 
Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Charter Communications, Inc., a large cable operator 
in the United States. Mr. Huseby served on the Board of Directors of Charter Communications from May 2013 through May 2016. 
Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, of AT&T Broadband, a leading provider of cable 
television services from 1999 to 2002, when it was sold to Comcast Corporation. In addition, Mr. Huseby spent over 20 years at 
Arthur Andersen, LLP and Andersen Worldwide, S.C., where he held the position of Global Equity Partner serving a myriad of 
clients, including a number of large publicly-traded companies. Mr. Huseby served on the Board of Directors of CommerceHub, 
Inc., a cloud-based e-commerce fulfillment and marketing software platform company previously listed on Nasdaq, from July 
2016 until May 2018 with his tenure ending upon the consummation of the sale of CommerceHub to financial sponsors. While 
on the Board of CommerceHub, Mr. Huseby served as chair of the Audit Committee and as a member of the Compensation 
Committee.

18

Patrick Maloney, age 62, serves as our Executive Vice President, Operations and President of Barnes & Noble College. In 
this role, he oversees operations at all bookstores nationwide, including bookstore e-commerce, store design and construction, 
internal operations, learning and development, and book and general merchandising departments. Mr. Maloney began his career 
at Barnes & Noble in 1974 as a student and assistant manager at SUNY Stony Brook University.

Barry Brover, age 57, serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In this role, he oversees all aspects 
of accounting and finance, including treasury, investor relations, risk management, and tax, as well as provides strategic leadership 
in areas related to operations and business development. Mr. Brover has served as Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble 
College since 2006. Mr. Brover joined Barnes & Noble College in 1986 and has held various executive positions with increasing 
responsibility. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble College, Mr. Brover started his career at KPMG where he earned his CPA.

Kanuj Malhotra, serves as our Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and President of our Digital Student Solutions 
business. Mr. Malhotra was appointed Chief Financial Officer of NOOK Media LLC in July 2013. He joined Barnes & Noble as 
Vice President of Corporate Development in May 2012. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Malhotra was Vice President and 
Finance Head for Kaplan Test Prep, a division of The Washington Post Company, from 2011 to 2012. At Kaplan, he led a business 
transformation from physical test centers to a digital online learning platform. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Malhotra was Chief Financial 
Officer of Sloane Square Partners LLC. Between 2005 and 2007, he was the Chief Financial Officer for the International Division 
of the Cendant Marketing Group and Affinion International, which was divested by Cendant Corporation to Apollo Management. 
Mr. Malhotra began his career in Mergers and Acquisitions at Lehman Brothers. 

Michael C. Miller, age 46, serves as our Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and General Counsel. Mr. Miller joined 
Barnes  &  Noble  Education  in April  2017  and  also  serves  as  Corporate  Secretary.  Before  joining  the  Company,  he  served  as 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Monster Worldwide, Inc. from December 2008 through December 
2016, as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel from July 2008 to December 2008, and as Vice President and Associate 
General Counsel from October 2007 to July 2008. Prior to Monster, Mr. Miller was Senior Counsel for Motorola, Inc. from 
February 2007 to September 2007. From June 2002 to January 2007, he served in various capacities as Senior Corporate Counsel 
for Symbol Technologies, Inc. Prior to joining Symbol, Mr. Miller was associated with both Sullivan & Cromwell, LLP and 
Winthrop, Stimson, Putnam & Roberts in New York.

Stephen Culver, age 53, serves as our Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer and is responsible for overseeing the 
Company’s Information Technology operations and strategic development. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble College in 2005, 
Mr. Culver held leadership positions in both the private and public sectors. He owned and presided over an Information Technology 
consulting company, which specialized in the retail and wholesale industries. As CIO of Giorgio Armani Corporation, he led the 
Information Technology operations during the development and expansion of their North American operations.

JoAnn Magill, age 64, serves as Senior Vice President, Human Resources of Barnes & Noble Education. Since joining the 
Company in 2003, Ms. Magill has played an integral role in the development and implementation of policies, practices and 
programs for thousands of full and part time employees at the Company’s corporate office and its campus bookstores nationwide. 
In her role as Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer, Ms. Magill oversees employee relations, recruitment, benefits, 
payroll and compensation. Prior to joining Barnes & Noble Education, she served as the Vice President of Human Resources at 
AT&T Broadband Media Services for five years. Ms. Magill also had an extensive 25-year career with Pathmark Supermarkets, 
where she held a variety of field and corporate leadership roles.

Seema C. Paul, age 54, joined the Company in July 2015 and serves as our Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer. 
In this role she manages external reporting and technical accounting, corporate accounting, and financial reporting functions of 
the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Paul held positions of increasing responsibility at Covanta Holding Corporation, 
including Corporate Controller from July 2014 to July 2015, Senior Director-External Reporting & Technical Accounting from 
June 2013 to July 2014, Director-External Reporting from January 2011 to May 2013 and Manager-External Reporting from 
August 2005 to December 2010. Ms. Paul is a Certified Public Accountant and has held various senior financial roles with several 
large companies, including Net2Phone, Sybase, Inc. and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company.

19

Item 1A.   RISK FACTORS 

The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones faced by us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently 
known or that are currently deemed immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks occur, our 
business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows and the trading price of our Common Stock could be materially 
adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We face significant competition for our products and services, and we expect such competition to increase.

We operate within a competitive and rapidly changing business environment, in general, and each of our lines of business 
faces significant competition for the products and services they offer. The market for course materials, including textbooks and 
supplemental materials, is experiencing significant changes relating to the offering of alternative media and alternative sources 
of  textbooks  and  course-related  materials,  such  as  websites  that  sell  or  rent  textbooks,  eTextbooks,  digital  content  and  other 
merchandise directly to students; online resources, including open educational resources; publishers including Cengage, Pearson 
and McGraw Hill, bypassing the bookstore distribution channel by selling directly to students and educational institutions; print-
on-demand textbooks; textbook rental companies; and student-to-student transactions over the Internet. We also have competition 
from other college bookstore operators and educational content providers, including Akademos, a virtual bookstore and marketplace 
for academic institutions; BBA Solutions, a college textbook retailer; bn.com, the e-commerce platform of Barnes & Noble, Inc.; 
Chegg.com, an online textbook rental company; Civitas Learning, a learning analytics platform; eCampus, an online provider of 
course materials; Follett Corporation, a contract operator of campus bookstores; IndiCo, an entity created by National Association 
of College Bookstores (“NACS”); Texas Book Company, bookstore management and operations; and Vital Source Technologies, 
Inc., a digital course materials provider. We also have competition from providers of eTextbooks, such as Apple iTunes, Blackboard, 
Google, and Redshelf; Vital Source Technologies, Inc., and various private textbook rental websites. In addition, Akademos has 
begun to develop relationships with colleges and universities to provide online bookstore solutions which not only competes with 
our physical bookstore operations but also competes with our subsidiary MBS’ Direct virtual solution. MBS Direct also faces 
competition from Ambassador Educational Solutions, eCampus, edMap, EdTech, Follett Corporation, Texas Book Company, Tree 
of Life, and VitalSource Technologies, Inc. MBS Wholesale competes with Amazon, BBA Solutions, Follett Corporation, IndiCo, 
Nebraska Book Company, and Texas Book Company. Competitors that compete with our general merchandise offerings include 
Fanatics, Sodexo & Aramark, online retailers, physical and online office supply stores and local and national retailers that offer 
college themed and other general merchandise. Students often purchase from multiple textbook providers, are highly price sensitive, 
and can easily shift spending from one provider or format to another. As a consequence, in addition to being competitive in the 
services we provide to our customers, our textbook business faces significant price competition. Some of our competitors have 
adopted, and may continue to adopt, aggressive pricing policies and devote substantial resources to marketing, website and systems 
development. In addition, a variety of business models are being pursued for the provision of print and digital textbooks, some of 
which may be more profitable or successful than our business model. Furthermore, the market for course materials is diluted from 
counterfeiting and piracy of digital and print copies or illegal copies of selected chapters made by students or others; user and 
faculty created content; and sharing or non-purchase of required course materials by students.

Our Digital Student Solutions business faces competition from other providers of online instruction platforms and other direct-
to-student writing skills, study tools and tutor services, such as Chegg.com, CourseHero, Grammarly, Quizlet, Noodle Tools, and 
Turnitin (iParadigms).  As we develop a wider range of products and services, our competitive landscape will change and include 
other competitors in the broader student services market. Since 2017, we have been focused on expanding these offerings, in many 
instances through the acquisition of other companies, like Student Brands, LLC, or through commercial arrangements. For example, 
in November 2017, we entered into a partnership with The Princeton Review to provide their test preparation courses and tutoring 
services through our websites. Our newer products and services, or any other products and services we may introduce or acquire, 
may not be integrated effectively into our business, achieve or sustain profitability or achieve market acceptance at levels sufficient 
to justify our investment.

Our ability to fully integrate new products and services into our platforms or achieve satisfactory financial results from them 
is unproven. Because we have a limited history in operating a fully digital platform, and the market for our products and services, 
including newly acquired or developed products and services, is rapidly evolving, it is difficult for us to predict our operating 
results, particularly with respect to our newer offerings, and the ultimate size of the market for our products and services. If the 
market for a learning platform does not develop as we expect, or if we fail to address the needs of this market, our business will 
be harmed.

We have encountered and will continue to encounter these risks and if we do not manage them successfully, our business, 

financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

20

We may not be able to enter into new managed bookstore contracts or successfully retain or renew our managed bookstore 
contracts on profitable terms.

An important part of our business strategy for both BNC and MBS Direct is to expand sales for our college bookstore operations 
by being awarded additional contracts to manage physical and/or virtual bookstores for colleges and universities, and K-12 schools, 
across the United States. Our ability to obtain those additional contracts is subject to a number of factors that we are not able to 
control. In addition, the anticipated strategic benefits of new and additional college and university bookstores may not be realized 
at all or may not be realized within the time frames contemplated by management. In particular for BNC’s operation of physical 
bookstores, contracts for additional managed stores may involve a number of special risks, including adverse short-term effects 
on operating results, diversion of management’s attention and other resources, standardization of accounting systems, dependence 
on retaining, hiring and training key personnel, unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, and actions of our competitors and 
customers. Because certain terms of any contract are generally fixed for the initial term of the contract and involve judgments and 
estimates that may not be accurate, including for reasons outside of our control, we have contracts that are not profitable and may 
have such contracts in the future. The retail price charged to the consumer for textbooks is set by our contracts with colleges and 
universities to be a maximum markup based on the publishers’ costs and as colleges continue to focus on affordability those prices 
have been reduced, which negatively impacted our revenue and margin for Fiscal 2018 and further reductions could continue to 
have a negative impact. Even if we have the right to terminate a contract, we may be reluctant to do so even when a contract is 
unprofitable due to, among other factors, the potential effect on our reputation.

In addition, we may face significant competition in retaining existing physical and virtual store contracts and when renewing 
those contracts as they expire. Our BNC contracts are typically for five years with renewal options, and most contracts are cancelable 
by either party without penalty with 90 to 120 days' notice. Our MBS Direct contracts are typically for three to five years and 
most are cancelable without penalty with notice. Despite the lower startup and ongoing operating expense associated with virtual 
stores, the loss of such contracts could impact revenue and profitability.  We may not be successful in retaining our current contracts, 
renewing our current contracts or renewing our current contracts on terms that provide us the opportunity to improve or maintain 
the profitability of managing stores that are the subject matter of such contracts.

We face the risk of disruption of supplier relationships. 

The retail products that we sell and products for the MBS wholesale business originate from a wide variety of domestic and 
international vendors. During Fiscal 2018, BNC’s four largest retail suppliers, including MBS, accounted for approximately 42% 
of our merchandise purchased, with the largest supplier accounting for approximately 17% of our merchandise purchased. MBS 
Wholesale sources over 80% of its inventory from two primary channels, approximately 55% from retail bookstores (including 
BNC) and approximately 29% from third party suppliers. While we believe that our relationships with our suppliers are good, 
suppliers may modify the terms of these relationships due to general economic conditions or otherwise or, especially with respect 
to wholesale inventory, and publishers could terminate distribution to wholesalers such as MBS.

We  do  not  have  long-term  arrangements  with  most  of  our  suppliers  to  guarantee  availability  of  merchandise,  content  or 
services, particular payment terms or the extension of credit limits. If our current suppliers were to stop selling merchandise, 
content or services to us on acceptable terms, including as a result of one or more supplier bankruptcies due to poor economic 
conditions, we may be unable to procure the same merchandise, content or services from other suppliers in a timely and efficient 
manner and on acceptable terms, or at all. Furthermore, certain of our merchandise is sourced indirectly from outside the United 
States. Political or financial instability, merchandise quality issues, product safety concerns, trade restrictions, work stoppages, 
tariffs, foreign currency exchange rates, transportation capacity and costs, inflation, civil unrest, natural disasters, outbreaks of 
pandemics and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control and could disrupt our supply of foreign-sourced 
merchandise.

We face the risk of fluctuating inventory supplies as a consequence of changes in the way publishers distribute course materials.

 Our traditional retail and wholesale businesses are dependent on the continued supply of textbooks. The publishing industry 
generally has suffered recently due to, among other things, changing consumer preferences away from the print medium and the 
economic climate. A significant disruption in this industry generally or a significant unfavorable change in our relationships with 
key suppliers could adversely impact our business. In addition, any significant change in the terms that we have with our key 
suppliers including, purchase or rental terms, payment terms, return policies, the discount or margin on products or changes to the 
distribution model of textbooks, could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. For example, some textbook publishers 
have proposed to supply textbooks on consignment terms, instead of selling to us, which would eliminate those titles from the 
used textbook inventory supply. With respect to the business of MBS Wholesale, the demand for used and new textbooks is 
typically greater than the available supply, and MBS is highly dependent upon its ability to build its textbook inventory from 
publishers and suppliers in advance of the selling season. These relationships are not generally governed by long-term contracts 
and publishers and suppliers could choose not to sell to MBS. Any negative impact on MBS's ability to build its textbook inventory 
could have an adverse impact on financial results.

21

In response to changes in the market, over the last few years, we have also significantly increased our textbook rental business, 
offering students a lower cost alternative to purchasing textbooks, which is also subject to certain inventory risks, such as textbooks 
not being resold or re-rented due to textbooks being returned late or in poor condition, faculty members not continuing to adopt 
or use certain textbooks, or, as discussed below, changes in the way publishers supply textbooks to us.

Some textbook publishers have recently proposed to rent textbooks on consignment terms directly to students. Accordingly, 
we have entered into agreements with a number of textbook publishers to administer their consignment rental programs with 
distributors  and  their  direct  to  student  textbook  consignment  rental  programs. These  programs,  if  successful,  will  result  in  a 
substantial decrease in the supply of those titles from the used textbook inventory supply, which impacts MBS Wholesale. 

MBS was selected as a national distributor for rental textbooks offered through McGraw-Hill Education's newly announced 
consignment rental program (which includes approximately 230 titles) and Pearson Education’s expanded consignment rental 
program (which includes approximately 150 titles). Through its centrally located, advanced distribution center, MBS will offer 
the seamless integration of these consignment rental programs and centralized administration and distribution to more than 3,500 
stores. These consignment rental programs will also be made available to MBS Wholesale customers, including institutionally 
run and contract managed campus bookstores, as well as BNC physical bookstores, and MBS Direct customers. We expect the 
fees earned by MBS as a national distributor for consignment rental programs will offset the negative impact on MBS's ability to 
build its textbook inventory. 

In addition, the profit margins associated with the traditional distribution model are fairly predictable and constant, but the 
move to a model of increased consignment rental programs combined with pressure to provide more affordable course materials 
to students could result in lower profit margins for a substantial part of our wholesale and retail business.

MBS Wholesale may not be able to manage its inventory levels effectively which may lead to excess inventory or inventory 
obsolescence.

MBS Wholesale sources new textbooks from publishers and new and used textbooks from other suppliers to resell to its 
customers. If it is unable to appropriately manage its inventory and anticipate the release of new editions of titles, faculty’s change 
in choice of titles, return rate, or use of alternative educational material, MBS Wholesale could be exposed to risks of excess 
inventory and less marketable or obsolete inventory. This may lead to excess or obsolete inventory which might have to be sold 
at a deep discount impacting its revenues and profit margin and may have a negative impact on our financial condition and results 
of operations.

Our results also depend on the successful implementation of our strategic initiative to grow our digital products and services. 
We may not be able to implement this strategy successfully, on a timely basis, or at all.

In response to our changing business environment and to adopt to industry trends, we are focused on our digital initiatives to 
retain and expand existing customer relationships, acquire new accounts, expand sales channels and marketing efforts, integrate 
and develop direct to student digital solutions, develop and market higher education digital products. While we believe we have 
the capital resources, experience, management resources and internal systems to successfully operate our digital business, we may 
not be successful in implementing this strategy. The implementation of our digital strategy is a complex process and relies on 
leveraging our core products, services and relationships to help accelerate the adoption of our new digital products and services. 
Success of our future operating results will be dependent upon rapid customer adoption of our new digital products and services 
and our ability to scale our business to meet customer demand appropriately. If colleges and universities, faculty and students are 
not receptive to our new products and services or our new products and services do not meet the expectations of these constituencies, 
there could be a negative impact on the implementation of our strategy. To successfully execute on this strategy, we need to continue 
to further evolve the focus of our organization towards the delivery of cost effective and unique solutions for our customers. Any 
failure to successfully execute this strategy could adversely affect our operating results. Further, even if successfully implemented, 
our business strategy may not ultimately produce positive results.

Part of our strategy includes pursuing strategic acquisitions and partnerships and we may not be able to identify and successfully 
complete such transactions.

In addition to significant acquisitions, such as MBS, Student Brands and LoudCloud, as part of our strategy, we will continue 
to seek, and, may in the future acquire, businesses or business operations, or enter into other business transactions to grow our 
business and expand our product and service offerings. We may not be able to identify suitable candidates for additional business 
combinations and strategic investments, obtain financing on acceptable terms for such transactions, obtain necessary regulatory 
approvals, if any, or otherwise consummate such transactions on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we compete for acquisitions 
with other potential acquirers, some of which may have greater financial or operational resources than we do. This competition 
may increase costs of acquiring desirable businesses, and, as a result, we may be unable to make acquisitions or be forced to pay 
more or agree to less advantageous acquisition terms for the businesses that we are able to acquire. Any strategic acquisitions or 
investments that we are able to identify and complete may also involve a number of risks, including our inability to successfully 
or  profitably  integrate,  operate,  maintain  and  manage  our  newly  acquired  operations  or  employees;  the  diversion  of  our 

22

management’s attention from our existing business to integrate operations and personnel; possible material adverse effects on our 
results of operations during the integration process; becoming subject to contingent or other liabilities, including liabilities arising 
from events or conduct predating the acquisition that were not known to us at the time of the acquisition; and our possible inability 
to achieve the intended objectives of the transaction, including the inability to achieve cost savings and synergies. Acquisitions 
may also have unanticipated tax, legal, regulatory and accounting ramifications, including recording goodwill and non-amortizable 
intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges and incurring 
amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets.

Our business is dependent on the overall economic environment, college enrollment and consumer spending patterns.

A deterioration of the current economic environment could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and 
operating results, as well as our ability to fund our growth and strategic business initiatives. Our business is affected by funding 
levels at colleges and universities and by changes in enrollments at colleges and universities, changes in student enrollments and 
lower spending on course materials and general merchandise. The growth of our business depends on our ability to attract new 
students and to increase the level of engagement by current student customers. To the extent we are unable to attract new students 
or students spend less generally, our business could be adversely affected.

We intend to offer new products and solutions to students to grow our business. If our efforts are not successful, our business 
and financial results would be adversely affected.

Our ability to attract and retain students and increase their engagement with our learning platform depends on our ability to 
connect them with the product, person or service they need to save time, save money, and get smarter. For example, in Fiscal 2018, 
we acquired the Student Brands family of websites, including Bartleby.com. We also recently partnered with The Princeton Review
in November 2017, to provide their test preparation courses and tutoring services through our websites. The markets for these new 
products and services may be unproven, and these products may include technologies and business models with which we have 
little or no prior development or operating experience or may significantly change our existing products and services. In addition, 
we may be unable to obtain long-term licenses from third-party content providers necessary to allow a product or service, including 
a new or planned product or service, to function. If our new or enhanced products and services fail to engage our students or attract 
new students, or if we are unable to obtain content from third parties that students want, we may fail to grow our student base or 
generate sufficient revenues, operating margin or other value to justify our investments, and our business would be adversely 
affected.

In the future, we may invest in new products and services and other initiatives to generate revenues, but there is no guarantee 
these  approaches  will  be  successful.  Acquisitions  of  new  companies,  products  and  services  create  integration  risk,  while 
development of new products and services and enhancements to existing products and services involve significant time, labor and 
expense and are subject to risks and challenges, including managing the length of the development cycle, entry into new markets, 
integration into our existing business, regulatory compliance, evolution in sales and marketing methods and maintenance and 
protection of intellectual property and proprietary rights. If we are not successful with our new products and services, we may not 
be able to maintain or increase our revenues as anticipated or recover any associated acquisition or development costs, and our 
financial results could be adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain talented employees, including senior management. 

Management believes that our continued success will depend to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of certain 
of our executive officers and senior management, many of whom have significant experience and strong commercial relationships 
in our industry and capital market relationships. The loss of any of these individuals could harm our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers or other employees. Experienced 
management and technical, marketing and support personnel in our industry are in high demand, and competition for their talents 
is intense. If we are less successful in our recruiting efforts, or if we are unable to retain key employees, our ability to develop and 
deliver successful products and services may be adversely affected. 

Our business is seasonal.

Our business is seasonal, particularly with respect to textbook sales and rentals, with sales and rentals attributable to our retail 
businesses (BNC physical and MBS virtual bookstores) generally highest in the second and third fiscal quarters, when college 
students generally purchase textbooks for the upcoming semesters, and lowest in the first and fourth fiscal quarters. Sales attributable 
to the MBS wholesale business are generally highest in our first, second and third quarter as it sells textbooks for retail distribution. 
Less than satisfactory net sales during our peak fiscal quarters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or 
operating results for the year, and our results of operations from those quarters may not be sufficient to cover any losses that may 
be incurred in the other fiscal quarters of the year. 

23

Our international operations could result in additional risks.

Our operations are substantially limited to the United States; however, we have operations in India, offer services and products 
to students and other customers internationally, contract with service providers outside the United States and may continue to 
expand internationally. Such international expansion may result in additional risks that are not present domestically and which 
could adversely affect our business or our results of operations, including compliance with additional United States regulations 
and those of other nations applicable to international operations; cultural and language differences; currency fluctuations between 
the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, which are harder to predict in the current adverse global economic climate; restrictions on 
the repatriation of earnings; potentially adverse tax consequences and limitations on our ability to utilize losses generated in our 
foreign operations; different regulatory requirements and other barriers to conducting business; and different or less stable political 
and economic environments. Further, conducting business abroad subjects us to increased regulatory compliance and oversight. 
For example, in connection with our international operations, we are subject to laws prohibiting certain payments to governmental 
officials, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. A failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in regulatory 
enforcement actions, as well as substantial civil and criminal penalties assessed against us and our employees.

We face data security risks with respect to personal information.

Our  business  involves  the  receipt,  storage,  processing  and  transmission  of  personal  information  about  customers  and 
employees. We may share information about such persons with vendors and third parties that assist with certain aspects of our 
business. Also, in connection with our student financial aid platform and the processing of university debit cards, we secure and 
have access to certain student personal information that has been provided to us by the universities we serve. Our handling and 
use of personal information is regulated at the international, federal and state levels and by industry standards, such as the Payment 
Card Industry Data Security Standard. As an entity that provides services to institutions of higher education, we are contractually 
bound to handle certain personal information from student education records in accordance with the requirements of Family 
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”).  Privacy and information security laws, regulations, and industry standards change 
from time to time, and compliance with them may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development 
of new processes and may be difficult to achieve. If we fail to comply with these laws, regulations and standards, we could be 
subjected to legal risk. In addition, even if we fully comply with all laws, regulations and standards, and even though we have 
taken significant steps to protect personal information, we could experience a data security breach, and our reputation could be 
damaged, possibly resulting in a material breach of contract with one or more of our clients, lost future sales or decreased usage 
of credit and debit card products. Further, in the event that we disclose student information in violation of FERPA, the U.S. 
Department of Education could require a client to suspend our access to their student information for at least five years.  Because 
the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and often 
are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate 
preventative measures. A party that is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate our or our users’ proprietary 
information and cause interruption in our operations. Any compromise of our data security could result in a violation of applicable 
privacy and other laws or standards, significant legal and financial exposure beyond the scope or limits of insurance coverage, 
increased operating costs associated with remediation, equipment acquisitions or disposal and added personnel, and a loss of 
confidence in our security measures, which could harm our business or affect investor confidence. Data security breaches may 
also result from non-technical means, for example, actions by an employee.

Our business is subject to a variety of domestic and international laws, rules, policies and other obligations regarding data 

protection.

Although  most  of  our  operations  are  in  the  United  States,  we  do  have  some  operations  and  offer  services  and  products 
internationally. Our international operations subject us to a complex array of federal, state and international laws relating to the 
collection, use, retention, disclosure, security and transfer of personally identifiable data. Many jurisdictions have passed laws in 
this  area,  and  other  jurisdictions  are  considering  imposing  additional  restrictions.  The  interpretation  and  application  of  data 
protection laws in the United States, Europe, including but not limited to the General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), 
and elsewhere are uncertain and evolving. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent 
with our data practices. Complying with these various laws is difficult and could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us 
to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business.

Further,  although  we  are  implementing  internal  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  protect  sensitive  information  and 
confidential and personal data and comply with the GDPR and other privacy-related laws, rules and regulations, our facilities, and 
systems may be vulnerable to security breaches and other data loss, including cyber-attacks. Such a security breach or data loss 
could lead to negative publicity, damage to our reputation, exposure to litigation and liability, theft, modification or destruction 
of proprietary information or key information, damage to or inaccessibility of critical systems, manufacture of defective products, 
production  downtimes,  operational  disruptions  and  remediation  and  other  significant  costs,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

24

Computer malware, viruses, hacking and phishing attacks could harm our business and results of operations.

We are increasingly dependent upon information technology systems, infrastructure and data. Our computer systems may be 
vulnerable to service interruption or destruction, malicious intrusion, ransomware and random attack. Cyber-attacks are increasing 
in their frequency, sophistication and intensity, and have become increasingly difficult to detect. Cyber-attacks could include the 
deployment of harmful malware, denial-of service, social engineering, ransomware and other means to affect service reliability 
and threaten data confidentiality, integrity and availability. Our key business partners face similar risks, and a security breach of 
their systems could adversely affect our security posture. While we continue to invest data protection and information technology, 
there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent service interruptions, or identify breaches in our systems, that could adversely 
affect our business and operations and/or result in the loss of critical or sensitive information, which could result in financial, legal, 
business or reputational harm.

Laws or regulations may be enacted which restrict or prohibit use of emails or similar marketing activities that we currently 
rely on.

Our marketing efforts are centered around an active digital community, which includes engaged email subscribers and our 
continuous  dialogue  with  customers  on  our  school-customized  social  media  channels.  For  example,  the  following  laws  and 
regulations may apply: 

•  the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 and similar laws adopted by a number of states regulate unsolicited commercial emails, 
create civil and criminal penalties for emails containing fraudulent headers and control other abusive online marketing practices; 
and 

•  the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") has guidelines that impose responsibilities on companies with respect 
to communications with consumers and impose fines and liability for failure to comply with rules with respect to advertising 
or marketing practices they may deem misleading or deceptive. 

Even if no relevant law or regulation is enacted, we may discontinue use or support of these activities if we become concerned 
that students or potential students deem them intrusive or they otherwise adversely affect our goodwill and brand. If our marketing 
activities are curtailed, our ability to attract new students may be adversely affected.

Our business could be impacted by changes in federal, state, local or international laws, rules or regulations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws relating to all aspects of our business. These regulations and laws 
may cover taxation, privacy, data protection (including complying with GDPR), our access to student financial aid, pricing and 
availability of educational materials, competition and/or antitrust, content, copyrights, distribution, college distribution, mobile 
communications, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, 
unencumbered Internet access to our services, the design and operation of websites and mobile application (including complying 
with the Americans with Disabilities Act), digital content (including governmental investigations and litigation relating to the 
agency  pricing  model  for  digital  content  distribution),  the  characteristics  and  quality  of  products  and  services  and  labor  and 
employee benefits (including the costs associated with complying with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or any 
legislation enacted in connection with repeal of the Affordable Care Act). Changes in federal, state, local or international laws, 
rules or regulations relating to these matters could increase regulatory compliance requirements in addition to increasing our costs 
of doing business or otherwise impact our business. For example, changes in federal and state minimum wage laws could raise 
the wage requirements for certain of our employees at our retail locations, which would increase our selling costs and may cause 
us to reexamine our wage structure for such employees.

Changes in tax laws and regulations might adversely impact our businesses or financial performance.

We collected sales tax on the majority of the products and services that we sold in our respective prior fiscal years that were 
subject to sales tax, and we generally have continued the same policies for sales tax within the current fiscal year. While management 
believes that the financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K reflect management’s best current estimate of any 
potential additional sales tax liability based on current discussions with taxing authorities, we cannot assure you that the outcome 
of any discussions with any taxing authority will not result in the payment of sales taxes for prior periods or otherwise, or that the 
amount of any such payments will not be materially in excess of any liability currently recorded. In the future, our businesses may 
be subject to claims for not collecting sales tax on the products and services we currently sell for which sales tax is not collected. 
In addition, our provision for income taxes and our obligation to pay income tax is based on existing federal, state and local tax 
laws. Changes to these laws, in particular as they relate to depreciation, amortization and cost of goods sold, could have a significant 
impact on our income tax provision, our projected cash tax liability, or both.

25

Changes in U.S. tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations or financial 
conditions. 

Legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted in December 2017, and contains 
many significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax laws, the consequences of which have not yet been determined. Changes 
in corporate tax rates, the realizability of net deferred tax assets, and the deductibility of expenses contained in the Act or other 
tax reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time 
charges in the current or future taxable years, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense. The foregoing items could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations or financial conditions.

Our expansion into new products, services and technologies subjects us to additional business, legal, financial and competitive 
risks.

We may require additional capital in the future to sustain or grow our business. Our gross profits and margins in our newer 
activities may be lower than in our traditional activities, and we may not be successful enough in these newer activities to recoup 
our investments in them. In addition, we may have limited or no experience in our newer products and services, and our customers 
may not adopt our new product or service offerings. Some of these offerings may present new and difficult technological challenges, 
and we may be subject to claims if customers of these offerings experience service disruptions or failures or other quality issues. 
In addition, as we expand our digital offerings and services, we may be exposed to more intellectual property infringement claims.

We are dependent upon access to the capital markets, bank credit facilities, and short-term vendor financing for liquidity needs.

We must have sufficient sources of liquidity to fund working capital requirements. We believe that the combination of cash-
on-hand, cash flow received from operations, funds available under our credit agreements and short-term vendor financing will 
be sufficient to meet our normal working capital and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. If these sources 
of liquidity do not satisfy our requirements, we may need to seek additional financing. The future availability of financing will 
depend on a variety of factors, such as economic and market conditions, and the availability of credit. These factors could materially 
adversely affect our costs of borrowing, and our financial position and results of operations would be adversely impacted. Volatility 
in global financial markets may also limit our ability to access the capital markets at a time when we would like, or need, to raise 
capital, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions. Accordingly, if the 
economy worsens, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We rely upon third party web service providers to operate certain aspects of our service and any disruption of or interference 
with such services would impact our operations and our business would be materially and adversely impacted.

Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) and other third-party web service providers provide a distributed computing infrastructure 
platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a “cloud” computing service. We have architected our software 
and computer systems so as to utilize data processing, storage capabilities, and other services provided by AWS and other providers. 
Any disruption of or interference with our use of AWS or other third-party service providers would impact our operations and our 
business would be materially and adversely impacted.

We rely on third-party digital content and applications, which may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or 
at all.

We contract with certain third-parties to offer their digital content. Our licensing arrangements with these third-parties do not 
guarantee the continuation or renewal of these arrangements on reasonable terms, if at all. Some third-party content providers 
currently or in the future may offer competing products and services, and could take action to make it more difficult or impossible 
for us to license our content in the future. Other content owners, providers or distributors may seek to limit our access to, or increase 
the total cost of, such content. If we are unable to offer a wide variety of content at reasonable prices with acceptable usage rules, 
our business may be materially adversely affected.

We rely heavily on proprietary technology and sophisticated equipment to manage certain aspects of our business, including 
to manage textbook inventory, process deliveries and returns of the textbooks and manage warehousing and distribution. 

We, primarily through our MBS subsidiary, use a proprietary system to source, distribute and manage inventory of textbooks 
and to manage other aspects of our operations, including systems to consider the market pricing for textbooks, general availability 
of textbook titles and other factors to determine how to buy textbooks and set prices for textbooks and other content in real time. 
MBS has invested significant amounts of resources in the hardware and software to develop this system.  We rely on the expertise 
of our engineering and software development teams to maintain and enhance the equipment and software used for our distribution 
operations. We cannot be sure that the maintenance and enhancements we make to our distribution operations will achieve the 
intended results or otherwise be of value to students. If we are unable to maintain and enhance our technology to manage textbook 
sourcing, distribution and inventory, it could disrupt our business operations and have a material adverse impact on our results.

MBS is also dependent on sophisticated equipment and related software technology for the warehousing and distribution of 
the vast majority of textbooks supplied to BNC and others, which is located at MBS’ facility in Columbia, Missouri. MBS’ ability 
26

to efficiently manage its business depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems. The failure of these systems 
to operate effectively, problems with maintenance, upgrading or transitioning to replacement systems, especially if such events 
were to occur during peak periods, could adversely affect our operations, the ability to serve our customers and our results of 
operations. In addition, substantially all of MBS’ inventory is located in the Columbia warehouse facility. We could experience 
significant interruption in the operation of this facility or damage or destruction of our inventory due to physical damage to the 
facility caused by natural disasters, accidents or otherwise. If a material portion of our inventory were to be damaged or destroyed, 
we would likely incur significant financial loss, including loss of revenue and harm to our customer relationships.

Defects, errors, installation difficulties or performance issues with our point-of-sales and other systems could expose us to 
potential liability, harm our reputation and negatively impact our business. 

MBS sells and services point-of-sales systems to its college bookstore customers. These systems are complex and incorporate 
third-party hardware and software. Despite testing and quality control, we cannot be certain that defects or errors will not be found 
in these systems. In addition, because these systems are installed in different environments, we may experience difficulty or delay 
in installation. Our products may be integrated with other components or software, and, in the event that there are defects or errors, 
it may be difficult to determine the origin of defects or errors. Additionally, any difficulty or failure in the operation of these 
systems could cause business disruption for MBS’ customers. If any of these risks materialize, they could result in additional costs 
and expenses, exposure to liability claims, diversion of technical and other resources to engage in remediation efforts, loss of 
customers or negative publicity, each of which could impact our business and operating results.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or may be accused of infringing upon intellectual 
property rights of third parties.

We regard our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar 
intellectual property as important to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright and patent law, domain name regulations, 
trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements to protect our proprietary rights, including our use of the Barnes & 
Noble trademark. Laws and regulations may not adequately protect our trademarks and similar proprietary rights. We may be 
unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or diminish the value of our trademarks 
and other proprietary or licensed rights.

We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. The protection of 
our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Moreover, the steps we 
take  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  may  not  adequately  protect  our  rights  or  prevent  third  parties  from  infringing  or 
misappropriating our proprietary rights. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire 
equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights.

Other parties also may claim that we infringe their proprietary rights. Because of the changes in Internet commerce and digital 
content businesses, current extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, it is possible that certain of 
our products, content and business methods may unknowingly infringe existing patents or intellectual property rights of others. 
Successful intellectual property infringement claims against us could result in monetary liability or a material disruption in the 
conduct of our business. We cannot be certain that our products, content and business methods do not or will not infringe valid 
patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We expect that infringement claims in 
our markets will increase in number. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims from time to time relating to the intellectual 
property of others in the ordinary course of our business. If we were found to have infringed the intellectual property rights of a 
third party, we could be liable to that party for license fees, royalty payments, lost profits or other damages, and the owner of the 
intellectual property might be able to obtain injunctive relief to prevent us from using the technology or software in the future. If 
the amounts of these payments were significant or we were prevented from incorporating certain technology or software into our 
products, our business could be significantly harmed.

We may incur substantial expenses in defending against these third-party infringement claims, regardless of their merit. As 
a result, due to the diversion of management time, the expense required to defend against any claim and the potential liability 
associated with any lawsuit, any significant litigation could significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Our digital content offerings depend in part on effective digital rights management technology to control access to digital 
content. If the digital rights management technology that we use is compromised or otherwise malfunctions, we could be subject 
to claims, and content providers may be unwilling to include their content in our service.

In addition, the publishing industry has been, and we expect in the future will continue to be, the target of counterfeiting and 
piracy. We have entered into agreements with major textbook publishers to implement the textbook industry’s Anti-Counterfeit 
Best Practices. These best practices were developed as a mechanism to assist publishers and distributors in the eradication of 
counterfeit copies of textbooks in the marketplace. While we have agreed to implement the Anti-Counterfeit Best Practices and 
have in place our anti-counterfeit policies and procedures (which include removing from distribution suspected counterfeit titles) 

27

for  preventing  the  proliferation  of  counterfeit  textbooks,  we  may  inadvertently  purchase  counterfeit  textbooks  which  may 
unknowingly be included in the textbooks we offer for sale or rent to students or we may purchase such textbooks through our 
buyback program. As such, we may be subject to allegations of selling counterfeit books. We have in the past and may continue 
to receive communications from publishers alleging that certain textbooks sold or rented by us are counterfeit. When receiving 
such communications, we cooperate, and will continue to cooperate in the future, with such publishers in identifying fraudulent 
textbooks and removing them from our inventory. We may implement measures in an effort to protect against these potential 
liabilities that could require us to spend substantial resources. Any costs incurred as a result of liability or asserted liability relating 
to sales of counterfeit textbooks could harm our business, reputation and financial condition.

Legal proceedings may significantly harm our business.

        From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other proceedings in the ordinary course of business. It is possible 
that such litigation or proceedings may significantly harm our future results of operations or financial condition due to expenses 
we may incur to defend ourselves or the ramifications of an adverse decision.

We do not own the Barnes & Noble trademark and instead rely on a license of that trademark and certain other trademarks, 
which license imposes limits on what those trademarks can be used to do.

In connection with the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble, Inc. granted us an exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up, non-transferable and 
non-assignable license to use the trademarks “Barnes & Noble College,” “B&N College,” “Barnes & Noble Education” and “B&N 
Education” and the non-exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up, non-transferable and non-assignable license to use the marks “Barnes & 
Noble,” “B&N” and “BN,” solely in connection with the contract management of college and university bookstores and other 
bookstores associated with academic institutions and related websites, as well as education products and services (including digital 
education products and services) and related websites. These restrictions may materially limit our ability to use the licensed marks 
in the expansion of our operations in the future. In addition, we are reliant on Barnes & Noble, Inc. to maintain the licensed 
trademarks.

We remain subject to continuing contingent liabilities of Barnes & Noble, Inc. following the spinoff.

The separation and distribution, tax matters and employee matters agreement allocated certain liabilities as between us and 
our previous parent, Barnes & Noble, Inc. whether incurred prior to or after the spinoff on August 2, 2015. In addition, under the 
Internal Revenue Code ("Code") and the related rules and regulations, each corporation that was a member of the Barnes & Noble 
consolidated tax reporting group during any taxable period or portion of any taxable period ending on or before the completion 
of the spinoff is jointly and severally liable for the federal income tax liability of the entire consolidated tax reporting group for 
that taxable period. In connection with the spinoff, we entered into a tax matters agreement with Barnes & Noble, Inc. that allocated 
the responsibility for prior period taxes of the consolidated tax reporting group between us and Barnes & Noble, Inc. However, if 
Barnes & Noble, Inc.is unable to pay any prior period taxes for which it is responsible, we could be required to pay the entire 
amount of such taxes.

Risks Relating to our Common Stock and the Securities Market

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

We cannot predict the prices at which our Common Stock may trade. The market price of our Common Stock may fluctuate 

widely, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

•  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our businesses;
•  success or failure of our business strategies, including our digital education initiative;
•  our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industries;
•  our ability to obtain financing as needed;
•  announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;
•  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
•  the failure of securities analysts to cover our Common Stock;
•  changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;
•  the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;
•  investor perception of our Company and the higher education industry;
•  overall market fluctuations;
•  results from any material litigation or government investigation;
•  changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business;
•  changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and
•  general economic conditions and other external factors.

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular 

company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock.

28

We have recorded significant goodwill impairment charges and may be required to record additional charges to future earnings 
if our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired.

We are required under generally accepted accounting principles to review our intangible assets for impairment when events 
or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment 
at least annually. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our intangible 
assets and/or goodwill may not be recoverable include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, slower growth rates in 
our industry or our own operations, and/or other materially adverse events that have implications on the profitability of our business. 
In the third quarter of Fiscal 2018, primarily due to the reduction in our market capitalization, we recorded a pre-tax goodwill 
impairment charge of $313.1 million in our BNC segment, as defined prior to the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2018, or $302.9 million 
on a net of tax basis. See Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 9. Supplementary Information of the 
Company’s financial statements included in Part II - Item 8 Financial Statement and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for details. We may be required to record additional charges to earnings during the period in which any impairment 
of our goodwill or other intangible assets is determined which could adversely impact our results of operations. As of April 28, 
2018, our goodwill balance was $49.3 million, which represented 4.8% of total consolidated assets.

The concentration of our Common Stock ownership may limit our stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and may 
involve other risks.

A portion of our Common Stock is controlled by a few stockholders. This control may limit the ability of the Company’s 
other stockholders to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions with which our other stockholders do not 
agree.

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, any return on your investment in our 
Common Stock must come from increases in the fair market value and trading price of our Common Stock.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, 
if any, for reinvestment in our business. Also, our credit agreements may restrict our ability to pay dividends. Whether we pay 
cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, 
results of operations, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Therefore, 
any return on your investment in our Common Stock must come from increases in the fair market value and trading price of our 
Common Stock. For more information, see Part II - Item 5. Market for Registrants - Dividends.

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future.

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future because of equity awards that we expect to grant to 
our directors, officers and other employees. We have an incentive plan that provides for the grant of Common Stock-based equity 
awards to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part of the consideration paid for 
acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to finance our ongoing operations.

Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and of Delaware 
law may prevent or delay an acquisition of the Company, which could affect the trading price of our Common Stock.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-laws contain provisions which, 
together with applicable Delaware law, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders consider 
favorable, including provisions that:

•  authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to increase the 

number of outstanding shares of capital stock, making a takeover more difficult and expensive;

•  provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of a majority of our Board or 

the chairman of our Board of Directors; and

•  require advance notice to be given by stockholders for any stockholder proposals or director nominations.

In addition, Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, may affect the ability of an 
“interested  stockholder”  to  engage  in  certain  business  combinations,  for  a  period  of  three  years  following  the  time  that  the 
stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder”.

These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition 
or  change  in  control  of  the  Company,  including  unsolicited  takeover  attempts,  even  though  the  transaction  may  offer  our 
stockholders the opportunity to sell their Common Stock at a price above the prevailing market price. 

29

Our Amended and Restated By-laws designate courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types 
of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a 
favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our Amended and Restated By-laws provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the state and federal courts of the State of 
Delaware are the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting 
a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any 
action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 
or our Amended and Restated By-laws or (d) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. 
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to 
have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. This provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a 
judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such 
lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees.

Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our Amended and Restated By-laws inapplicable to, or unenforceable 
in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving 
such matters in other jurisdictions.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

Facilities

We lease approximately 90,500 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Basking Ridge, New Jersey, and 340,000 
square feet of office and warehouse space for our MBS operations in Columbia, Missouri pursuant to leases that expire in October 
2023 and September 2023, respectively.  In addition, we also lease approximately 77,000 square feet, in aggregate, of office space 
located in Crystal Lake, Illinois, Los Angeles, California, New York, New York, Bangalore, India and Mumbai, India to support 
our operations pursuant to leases that expire between 2018 and 2023. 

For BNC, we typically have the exclusive right to operate the official physical school bookstore on college campuses, the 
majority  of  which  also  have  school-branded  e-commerce  sites  operated  by  BNC,  through  multi-year  management  service 
agreements with our schools.  In turn, we pay the school a percentage of store sales and, in some cases, a minimum fixed guarantee. 
These contracts with colleges and universities are typically five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, 
and are typically cancelable by either party without penalty with 90 to120 days' notice. As of April 28, 2018, these BNC contracts 
for the 768 stores that we operate expire as follows: 

Contract Terms to Expire During (12
months ending on or about April 30)

2019. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2023. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2024 and later . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BNC
Number of Stores
51

47

64

50

50

506

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course 
of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, taxation, employment, benefits, personal injuries 
and other matters. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of 
loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on our current knowledge, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that the 
final outcome of any pending or threatened legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries are a party, either individually 
or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our future financial results. However, legal matters are inherently 
unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. As such, there can be no assurance 
that the final outcome of these matters will not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations 
or cash flows. 

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

30

PART II

Item 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares 
of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Our Common Stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the 
symbol “BNED.”

As of April 28, 2018, 46,916,616 shares of our Common Stock and 0 shares of our preferred stock were outstanding. We had 
reserved 2,409,345 shares and 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock for future grants during the second quarter of Fiscal 2016 and 
second quarter of Fiscal 2017, respectively, in accordance with the Barnes & Noble Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.  See 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation.

The following table sets forth the high and low stock prices of our Common Stock for the quarterly periods indicated:

First Quarter . . . . . . .
Second Quarter. . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . .

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

High

Low

$ 11.12

$ 10.75

$

$
$

7.56

9.10
8.20

$

$
$

7.23

8.39
7.47

High

$ 11.88

$ 12.31

$ 13.15
$ 11.30

Low

$

$

$
$

8.50

9.15

8.75
9.09

On June 8, 2018, there were approximately 816 holders of record of our Common Stock and the closing price of our Common 

Stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $6.57 per share. 

Dividends

We have not, and we do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain 
future earnings, if any, for reinvestment in our business. Any credit agreements which we may enter into may restrict our ability 
to pay dividends. The payment of dividends in the future will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend, 
among other things, on our financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors 
our Board of Directors deems relevant.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $50 million, in the aggregate, 
of our outstanding Common Stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which may include 
a plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, 
or modified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. 
During Fiscal 2016, we repurchased 1,715,269 shares for approximately $16.6 million at a weighted average cost per share of 
$9.95.  During Fiscal 2017, we repurchased 688,948 shares for approximately $6.7 million at a weighted average cost per share 
of $10.10. During Fiscal 2018, we did not purchase shares under the stock repurchase program. As of April 28, 2018, approximately 
$26.7 million remains available under the stock repurchase program. 

During the year ended April 28, 2018, we also repurchased 260,531 shares of our Common Stock in connection with employee 

tax withholding obligations for vested stock awards.

31

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management's Discussion and 

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

(In thousands of dollars,
 except for share and per share amounts)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales:

Fiscal Year (a)

2018 (b)

2017 (b)

2016 (b)

2015

2014

Product sales and other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,984,472
219,145
2,203,617

$

1,641,881
232,481
1,874,362

$ 1,581,104
226,925
1,808,029

$ 1,549,005
223,993
1,772,998

$ 1,542,551
205,371
1,747,922

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of sales. . . . . . . . . . .

Rental cost of sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss (non-cash) (c)(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other charges (d)(e). . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaction costs (f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Loss) Earnings before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(Loss) Earnings per common share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average common shares (thousands)(g):

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,522,687
123,697
1,646,384
557,233
433,746
65,586
313,130
5,429
2,045
(262,703)
10,306
(273,009)
(20,443)
(252,566)

(5.40)
(5.40)

46,763
46,763

$

$
$

1,281,043
134,258
1,415,301
459,061
380,793
53,318
—
1,790
9,605
13,555
3,464
10,091
4,730
5,361

0.12
0.11

46,317
46,763

$

$
$

1,224,927
128,403
1,353,330
454,699
374,171
52,690
11,987
8,830
2,398
4,623
1,872
2,751
2,667
84

1,200,304
127,980
1,328,284
444,714
360,645
50,509
—
—
—
33,560
210
33,350
14,218
19,132

$

— $
— $

0.33
0.33

46,238
46,479

38,452
38,493

$

$
$

Fiscal Year (a)

1,185,393
124,767
1,310,160
437,762
331,423
48,014
—
—
—
58,325
385
57,940
22,834
35,106

0.88
0.88

37,270
37,275

$

$
$

(In thousands of dollars,
 except for share and per share amounts)
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (h) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) (h) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OTHER OPERATING DATA - BNC:
Comparable store sales (decrease) increase (i) . . . .
Number of stores at period end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OTHER OPERATING DATA - MBS:

2018 (b)

2017 (b)

2016 (b)

2015

2014

$

$

$

126,760

56,949

42,809

$

$

$

78,268

12,347

34,670

$

$

$

80,528

15,462

50,790

$

$

$

84,069

19,132

48,452

$

$

$

106,339

35,106

38,253

(4.1)%

768

(3.5)%

769

(1.9)%

751

0.1%

724

(2.7)%

700

Number of stores at period end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

676

712

N/A

N/A

N/A

32

 
 
(In thousands of dollars,
 except for share and per share amounts)
BALANCE SHEET DATA
 (at period end):

Fiscal Year (a)

2018 (b)

2017 (b)

2016 (b)

2015

2014

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,039,211

$ 1,299,832

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-term debt (j) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt (j) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred membership interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parent company equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

$

$

571,248

100,000

96,400

$

$

$

586,124

100,000

59,600

— $

— $

— $

— $

$

$

$

$

1,071,683

$ 1,090,668

$ 1,109,919

363,297

$

363,999

$

360,282

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

—

— $

383,397

— $

726,669

$

366,240

467,963

$

713,708

$

708,386

$

— $

—

(a)  Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2018” means 
the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, “Fiscal 2017” means the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, “Fiscal 2016” means the 52 
weeks ended April 30, 2016, “Fiscal 2015” means the 52 weeks ended May 2, 2015 and “Fiscal 2014” means the 53 weeks 
ended May 3, 2014.

Our consolidated financial statements reflect the following reclassifications for consistency with the current year presentation: 
1) Cost of Sales expenses primarily related to facility costs and insurance related to corporate services have been reclassified 
to Selling and Administrative Expenses; and 2) For our digital rental products, we have reclassified Rental Income to Product 
Sales and Other, and have reclassified Rental Cost of Sales to Product and Other Cost of Sales, with no impact to Gross 
Margin. Digital rental revenue and digital rental cost of sales are recognized at the time of delivery and are not deferred over 
the rental period. Prior periods presented reflect the segment presentation and reclassifications.  For additional information, 
see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

(b)  We acquired Student Brands, LLC on August 3, 2017. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 

28, 2018 include the financial results of Student Brands from the acquisition date, August 3, 2017, to April 28, 2018.

We acquired MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC on February 27, 2017. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks 
ended April 29, 2017 include the financial results of MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017.

We completed the legal separation ("Spin-Off") from Barnes & Noble, Inc. on August 2, 2015 (the beginning of our second 
quarter of Fiscal 2016), at which time we began to operate as an independent publicly-traded company. 

(c)  In Fiscal 2018, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test. Based on the results of the impairment test, the carrying 
value of goodwill exceeded its fair value for our BNC segment, as defined prior to the segment change in the fourth quarter 
of  Fiscal  2018,  and  we  recorded  a  goodwill  impairment  (non-cash  impairment  loss)  of  $313.1  million.  For  additional 
information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

(d)  In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $12.0 million related to all of the capitalized content costs for the Yuzu® eTextbook platform ($9 
million), and recorded a non-recurring other than temporary loss related to an investment held at cost ($3 million).  

Additionally, we announced a reduction in staff and closure of the facilities in Mountain View, California, and Redmond, 
Washington that support the Yuzu® eTextbook platform. The cost of severance, retention, and other restructuring costs (i.e. 
facility exit costs) was $8.8 million and $1.8 million in Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2017, respectively. For additional information, 
see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 9. Supplementary Information.

(e)  In Fiscal 2018, we recognized restructuring and other charges of approximately $5.4 million, which is comprised of the 
termination and transition payments related to the transition of the Chief Executive Officer. For additional information, see 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 9. Supplementary Information.

(f)  Transaction costs are costs incurred for business development and acquisitions. 

(g)  For periods prior to the Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. on August 2, 2015, basic earnings per share and weighted-average 
basic shares outstanding are based on the number of shares of Barnes & Noble, Inc. common stock outstanding as of the end 
of the period, adjusted for the distribution ratio of 0.632 shares of our Common Stock for every one share of Barnes & Noble, 
Inc. common stock held on the record date for the Spin-Off. Additionally, for period prior to the Spin-Off, diluted earnings 
per share and weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential common shares from Barnes & Noble, Inc. equity 
plans in which our employees participated. Certain of our employees held restricted stock units and stock options granted by 
Barnes & Noble, Inc. which were considered participating securities. 

(h)  To supplement our results prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use the measure of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings, 
which are non-GAAP financial measures as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). See Item 7. 

33

 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) 
and  - Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP).

(i)  Effective Fiscal 2017, comparable store sales includes sales from stores that have been open for an entire fiscal year period, 
does not include sales from closed stores for all periods presented, and digital agency sales are included on a gross basis. We 
believe  the  current  comparable  store  sales  calculation  method  better  reflects  the  manner  in  which  management  views 
comparable store sales, as well as the seasonal nature of our business. 

For Fiscal 2015 through Fiscal 2016, comparable store sales included sales from stores that were open for at least 15 months, 
excluded sales from closed stores for all periods presented, and included digital agency sales on a net basis.

For Fiscal 2014, as we developed our textbook rental business, comparable store sales reflected the retail selling price of a 
new or used textbook when rented, rather than solely the rental fees received, to provide a more representative comparable 
store sales figure. Beginning with the 26 weeks ended November 1, 2014, as a result of the significant expansion of the 
textbook rental business as compared to prior periods, our comparable store sales were determined based upon the actual 
revenue received from textbook rentals and were no longer adjusted to reflect the equivalent textbook retail selling price.

(j)  Prior to or at the time of the Spin-Off, we were party to an amended and restated credit facility with Barnes & Noble, Inc.  
All outstanding debt under this Credit Facility was recorded on Barnes & Noble, Inc.’s balance sheet. On August 3, 2015, we 
entered into a credit agreement under which the lenders committed to provide us with a five-year asset-backed revolving 
credit facility in an aggregate committed principal amount of $400 million. On February 27, 2017, we amended the credit 
agreement to add a new $100 million incremental first in, last out seasonal loan facility. 

34

Item 7.   MANAGMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS

Unless  the  context  otherwise  indicates,  references  to  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and  “the  Company”  refer  to  Barnes &  Noble 
Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & Noble College” refer to our college bookstore business operated 
through  our  subsidiary  Barnes &  Noble  College  Booksellers,  LLC.  References  to  “MBS”  refer  to  our  virtual  bookstore  and 
wholesale textbook distribution business operated through our subsidiary MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC, a Delaware corporation. 
References to “Student Brands” refer to our direct-to-student subscription-based writing services business operated through our 
subsidiary Student Brands, LLC.

Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2018” means 
the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, “Fiscal 2017” means the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, and “Fiscal 2016” means the 52 
weeks ended April 30, 2016.

Overview

Description of business

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (“BNED”) is one of the largest contract operators of physical and virtual bookstores for 
college and university campuses and K-12 institutions across the United States, one of the largest textbook wholesalers and inventory 
management hardware and software providers, and a leading provider of digital education solutions. Through our Barnes & Noble 
College (“BNC”) and MBS Textbook Exchange (“MBS”) subsidiaries, we operate 1,444 physical and virtual bookstores and serve 
more than 6 million students, delivering essential educational content and tools within a dynamic retail environment. Additionally, 
through our Student Brands subsidiary and associated websites, a leading direct-to-student subscription-based writing services 
business, we offer services to approximately 100,000 subscribers, by offering student assistance through the writing process and 
journey.

 The strengths of our business, as discussed below, includes our ability to compete by developing new products and solutions 
to meet market needs, our large footprint with direct access to students and faculty, our well-established, deep relationships with 
partners and stable, long-term contracts and our well-recognized brands. We expect to continue to grow our business by introducing 
scalable and advanced digital solutions focused largely on the student, increasing market share with new accounts, and expanding 
our strategic opportunities through acquisitions and partnerships. 

As demand for new, enhanced, and more affordable products and services increase in the rapidly changing education landscape, 
we strive to evolve our business model and enhance our solutions. We continue to aggressively innovate and collaborate with our 
partners to provide solutions that extend well beyond course materials sourcing and sales, to include new digital services that 
support successful student outcomes. We aim to be an even stronger partner for schools and meet customer needs by expanding 
our physical and virtual bookstore service capabilities, courseware offerings and digital platform services.  

Technology-enabled learning is a rapid growth area in the higher education industry, as a growing number of students are 
enrolling in online services to complement print and digital course materials and classroom activities. We continue to enhance our 
digital  content  and  services  in  an  efficient,  low-cost/high-value  manner  to  complement  our  course  materials  business.  The 
implementation of our core digital strategy relies on our direct access to students from our bookstore operations, where we can 
attach our existing and future suite of digital products and services both online and in our stores.  

We are ready to meet the digital demand with our virtual bookstore and e-commerce solutions. We focus on providing affordable 
solutions, such as our First Day™ inclusive access program, in which course materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced 
price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students digitally on or before the first day of class. Additionally, our open 
educational resources ("OER") courseware, is a turnkey solution for colleges and universities that offers advanced, affordable 
learning materials built on a high-quality foundation of OER and enhanced with digital content that includes videos, activities and 
auto-graded  practice  assessments  that  faculty  can  easily  customize  to  align  with  class  objectives.  LoudCloud  Courseware™ 
significantly reduces course material costs for students and enables easier implementation for faculty. 

We offer our Student Brands solutions focused on providing students assistance through the writing process and journey. We 
offer these online solutions to students via internet search engine optimization ("SEO"), as well as by marketing directly to students 
in our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint. 

We  believe  that  our  strategic  actions  over  the  last  three  years,  including  the  acquisitions  of  LoudCloud  Systems,  Inc. 
("LoudCloud"), MBS and Student Brands, respectively, and ongoing development of courseware, have substantially enhanced our 
competitive position. Fiscal 2018 was a transformational period in which we began to leverage our newly-expanded customer base 
and distribution channels to broaden our reach to students and deepen our institutional partnerships. We continue to focus on 
providing product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, including affordable and 
accessible course materials and products designed to drive and improve student outcomes. 

See Fiscal Year 2018 Summary below for a discussion of recent activities to enhance our product offerings and services. For 

35

additional information related to our segments, customers, distribution network, and business conditions, see Part I - Item 1. 
Business.

Fiscal Year 2018 Summary

The following summarizes some of the accomplishments of Fiscal Year 2018 as the company continues to build the foundation 

to execute its strategy. 

New Store Growth - New store openings are an important driver of growth. In Fiscal 2018, BNC signed contracts for 33 new 
stores for estimated first year annual sales of $66 million. In Fiscal 2018, MBS signed contracts for 21 new stores for estimated 
first year annual sales of $6 million. We evaluate each new contract based on established profitability measures to ensure we 
maintain a portfolio of profitable stores. Our ability to offer existing and prospective clients physical, virtual and hybrid bookstore 
models is a key element of our competitive strategy. 

LoudCloud Courseware™ - In Fiscal 2018, consistent with our LoudCloud Courseware™ development road map, we expanded 
our courseware titles from 10 to 32 course titles, with sales to approximately 21,000 students at 40 colleges and universities, 
including technical colleges and online programs.

First  Day™  Key  Publisher  Distribution Agreements  -  We  offer  our  First  Day™  inclusive  access  program,  in  which  course 
materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students digitally on 
or before the first day of class. We have entered into several agreements with major publishers, including Cengage, McGraw-Hill 
Education and Pearson, to provide their e-content through First Day™, or directly to BNC campus bookstores and MBS Direct 
virtual bookstores. The seamless delivery is made possible by our First Day™ technology and publishers' technology integrations 
with campus systems. These initiatives provide students, faculty and institutions greater access to more affordable course materials.

Consignment Rental Distribution Agreements - MBS was selected as a national distributor for rental textbooks offered through 
McGraw-Hill Education's newly announced consignment rental program (which includes approximately 230 titles) and Pearson 
Education’s  expanded  consignment  rental  program  (which  includes  approximately  150  titles).  Through  its  centrally  located, 
advanced  distribution  center,  MBS  will  offer  the  seamless  integration  of  these  consignment  rental  programs  and  centralized 
administration and distribution to more than 3,500 stores. These consignment rental programs will also be made available to MBS 
Wholesale customers, including institutionally run and contract managed campus bookstores, as well as BNC physical bookstores, 
and MBS Direct customers.

Kentucky Community and Technical College System ("KCTCS") - This Fall, more than 1,000 KCTCS students used BNED 
Courseware in their classes. Three colleges in the KCTCS took part in our digital courseware program, as part of an ongoing 
KCTCS effort to provide students with more affordable course materials. BNED Courseware is digital course content that includes 
videos, activities and auto-graded practice assessments that faculty can easily personalize to align with class objectives. BNED 
Courseware was offered through First Day™. 

The Princeton Review - In November 2017, we entered into a strategic partnership with The Princeton Review. The partnership 
allows us to further expand our end-to-end offerings and fulfill the full breadth of student education needs by offering The Princeton 
Review's products and services to our network of more than 6 million students. 

Portland State University ("PSU") - In October 2017, we announced our strategic partnership with PSU to co-develop a degree 
planning solution. Using insights generated by PSU's reTHINK initiative and leveraging our analytics platform, the solution will 
ultimately help more students graduate on time with better pathways to employment and provide the university with long-term 
demand planning tools. 

Eastern Gateway Community College ("EGCC") - In August 2017, we announced that we signed a multi-year contract with 
EGCC to provide a full suite of solutions, including bookstore operations, an institution-wide learning management system (LMS), 
LoudSight, our predictive analytics offering, and digital courseware to the students, faculty and advisors of EGCC.

Acquisition of Student Brands, LLC - On August 3, 2017, we acquired Student Brands. Student Brands is an education technology 
company that operates multiple direct-to-student businesses focused on study tools and writing help, all centered on assisting 
students with the writing process. Student Brands generates revenue predominantly through its subscription-based services and 
digital  advertisements.  Student  Brands  has  approximately  100,000  subscribers  across  its  digital  properties,  which  include 
Bartleby.com,  123HelpMe.com,  and  StudyMode.com  in  the  United  States  and  TrabalhosFeitos.com,  Etudier.com  and 
Monografias.com in Brazil, France and Mexico, respectively. 

Unizin, Ltd. ("Unizin") - In May 2017, we entered into an agreement with Unizin to provide its 22 member universities with 
LoudCloud's predictive analytics solution, LoudSight. As a result, faculty and advisors have access to a customized solution that 
helps educators identify, monitor, and support at-risk students, with the goal of improving student success rates and retention.

Integration of MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC. ("MBS") - In February 2017, we completed the purchase of MBS, which operates 
two highly integrated businesses, Wholesale and Direct. We continue our efforts to integrate the operations of MBS to achieve our 
strategic objectives and anticipated synergies. 

36

Segments

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we had two reportable segments: BNC and MBS. In connection with our focus 
on developing digital solutions, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company realigned its business into the following 
three reportable segments: BNC, MBS and DSS.  Additionally, unallocated shared-service costs, which include various corporate 
level expenses and other governance functions, are presented as “Corporate Services”.

BNC Segment

The BNC Segment is comprised of the operations of BNC which operates 768 physical campus bookstores, the majority of 
which also have school-branded e-commerce sites operated by BNC and which offers students access to affordable course materials 
and affinity products, including emblematic apparel and gifts. BNC also offers its First Day™ inclusive access program, in which 
course materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students 
digitally on or before the first day of class. Additionally, the BNC segment offers a suite of digital content, software, and services 
to colleges and universities through our LoudCloud platform, such as predictive analytics, a variety of open educational resources 
courseware, and a competency-based learning platform.

MBS Segment

The MBS Segment is comprised of MBS's two highly integrated businesses: MBS Direct which operates 676 virtual bookstores 
for college and university campuses, and K-12 schools, and MBS Wholesale which is one of the largest textbook wholesalers in 
the country. MBS Wholesale's business centrally sources and sells new and used textbooks to more than 3,500 physical college 
bookstores, including BNC’s 768 campus bookstores. MBS Wholesale sells hardware and a software suite of applications that 
provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 430 college bookstores.

DSS Segment

The Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") segment includes direct-to-student product and service offerings to assist students to 
study more effectively and improve academic performance, thus enabling them to gain the valuable skills necessary to succeed 
after college. DSS is comprised of the operations of Student Brands, LLC, a leading direct-to-student subscription-based writing 
services business, with approximately 100,000 subscribers across its digital properties, as well as tutoring and test prep services 
offered through our partnership with The Princeton Review. We currently offer these online student services directly to students, 
and increasingly will be leveraging our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint to market directly to students 
where we serve as the campus bookstore. We continue to aggressively expand our ecosystem of products and services through our 
own internal development, as well as by partnering with other companies to provide a complete hub of products and services 
designed to improve student success and outcomes.   

Corporate Services represent unallocated shared-service costs which include corporate level expenses and other governance 

functions, including executive functions, such as accounting, legal, treasury, information technology, and human resources. 

Seasonality

 Our business is highly seasonal. Our quarterly results also may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various 
schools' semesters, as well as shifts in fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may affect the comparability of our results 
across periods. Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. 

For our retail operations (BNC and MBS Direct), sales are generally highest in the second and third fiscal quarters, when 
students generally purchase and rent textbooks, and lowest in the first and fourth fiscal quarters. Sales attributable to our MBS 
Wholesale business are generally highest in our first, second and third quarter, as it sells textbooks for retail distribution. Student 
Brands' sales and operating profit are realized relatively consistently throughout the year. 

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business 

For a discussion of our trends and other factors affecting our business, see Part I - Item 1. Business - Overview - Trends, 

Competition and Other Business Conditions Affecting Our Business.

37

Results of Operations

Elements of Results of Operations

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  our  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  in 

conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Our sales are primarily derived from the sale of course materials, which include new, used and digital textbooks, and at college 
and university bookstores which we operate, we sell emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and 
dorm supplies, convenience and café items and graduation products. Our rental income is primarily derived from the rental of 
physical textbooks. We also derive revenue from other sources, such as sales of inventory management, hardware and point-of-
sale software, direct-to-student subscription-based writing services, and other services.

Our cost of sales primarily include costs such as merchandise costs, textbook rental amortization, payroll costs, as well as 
warehouse costs related to inventory management and order fulfillment, and management service agreement costs, including rent 
expense, related to our college and university contracts and other facility related expenses.  

Our  selling  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  store  payroll  and  store  operating  expenses.  Selling  and 
administrative expenses also include stock-based compensation and general office expenses, such as merchandising, procurement, 
field  support,  finance  and  accounting,  and  costs  related  to  our  direct-to-student  subscription-based  writing  services  business. 
Shared-service costs such as human resources, legal, treasury, information technology, and various other corporate level expenses 
and other governance functions, are not allocated to any specific reporting segment and are recorded in Corporate Services as 
discussed in the Overview - Segment discussion above.

Reclassifications

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we had two reportable segments: BNC and MBS. In connection with our focus 
on developing digital solutions, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company realigned its business into the following 
three reportable segments: BNC, MBS and DSS.  Additionally, unallocated shared-service costs, which include various corporate 
level expenses and other governance functions, are presented as “Corporate Services”. Shared corporate overhead costs previously 
allocated to MBS prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 have been reclassified and are included in selling and administrative 
expenses in the BNC segment or Corporate Services.

Our consolidated financial statements reflect the following reclassifications for consistency with the current year presentation: 
1) Cost of Sales expenses primarily related to facility costs and insurance related to corporate services have been reclassified to 
Selling and Administrative Expenses; and 2) For our digital rental products, we have reclassified Rental Income to Product Sales 
and Other, and have reclassified Rental Cost of Sales to Product and Other Cost of Sales, with no impact to Gross Margin. Digital 
rental revenue and digital rental cost of sales are recognized at the time of delivery and are not deferred over the rental period. 

Prior periods presented reflect the segment presentation and reclassifications. For additional information, see Item 8. Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Basis of Consolidation

Fiscal 2018

For our Fiscal 2018 (52 weeks ended April 28, 2018), the results of operations for the entire 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 
reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis. On August 3, 2017, we acquired Student 
Brands ("Student Brands"). The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 include the financial 
results of Student Brands from the acquisition date, August 3, 2017, to April 28, 2018. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the 
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Student Brands and all material intercompany accounts and transactions 
have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Fiscal 2017

For our Fiscal 2017 (52 weeks ended April 29, 2017), the results of operations for the entire 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 
reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis. On February 27, 2017, we acquired MBS 
Textbook Exchange, LLC ("MBS"). The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 include the 
financial results of MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the 
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MBS and all material intercompany accounts and transactions have been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

38

Fiscal 2016

On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation ("Spin-Off") from Barnes & Noble, Inc., at which time we began to 
operate as an independent publicly-traded company. For the results of operations for the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015 (first 
quarter of Fiscal 2016), our consolidated financial statements are presented on a stand-alone basis since we were still part of Barnes 
& Noble, Inc. Our consolidated financial statements were derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting 
records of Barnes & Noble, Inc. Subsequent to the Spin-Off, the results of operations are presented on a consolidated basis for 
the 39 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (i.e. second, third and fourth quarter of Fiscal 2016) which includes direct costs incurred with 
Barnes  &  Noble,  Inc.  under  various  agreements.  For  additional  information,  see  Part  II  -  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data - Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions.

Results of Operations - Summary

Dollars in thousands
Sales:

2018

Fiscal Year

2017

2016

Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,984,472

$ 1,641,881

$ 1,581,104

Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

219,145

232,481

226,925

Total sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,203,617

$ 1,874,362

$ 1,808,029

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(252,566)

Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

56,949

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (a)

BNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

87,493
54,598
7,559
(22,166)
(724)
126,760

$

$

$

$

5,361

12,347

107,847
(3,569)
—
(25,373)
(637)
78,268

$

$

$

$

84

15,462

108,252
—
—
(27,724)
—
80,528

(a)  Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA are a non-GAAP financial measures. See  Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) and 

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) discussion below.

Store Count

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

BNC Stores

MBS Direct
Stores

BNC Stores

MBS Direct
Stores

Fiscal 2016

BNC 
Stores

Opened at beginning of period . .

Opened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Opened at end of period . . . . . . .
Comparable store sales (a) . . . . . . .

769

33

34

768
(4.1)%

712

21

57

676
N/A

751

38

20

769
(3.5)%

700

15

3

712
N/A

724

39

12

751
(1.9)%

(a)  Effective Fiscal 2017, BNC comparable store sales includes sales from stores that have been open for an entire fiscal year 
period, does not include sales from closed stores for all periods presented, and digital agency sales are included on a gross 
basis. We believe the current comparable store sales calculation method better reflects the manner in which management 
views comparable sales, as well as the seasonal nature of our business. Prior year comparable store sales have been updated 
to exclude store inventory sales to MBS, which are reflected as intercompany inventory transfers since the acquisition. For 
Fiscal 2016, BNC comparable store sales included sales from stores that were open for at least 15 months, excluded sales 
from closed stores for all periods presented, and included digital agency sales on a net basis.

39

 
 
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage relationship that certain items bear to total sales: 

Sales:

Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

90.1 %

9.9

100.0

87.6%

12.4

100.0

87.4%

12.6

100.0

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of sales (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental cost of sales (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restructuring and other charges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transactions costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

76.7

56.4

74.7

25.3

19.7

3.0

14.2

0.2

0.1

78.0

57.8

75.5

24.5

20.3

2.8

—

0.1

0.5

77.5

56.6

74.9

25.1

20.7

2.9

0.7

0.5

0.1

Operating (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(11.9)%

0.7%

0.2%

(a)   Represents the percentage these costs bear to the related sales, instead of total sales.

40

Results of Operations - 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 compared with the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017

Dollars in thousands
Sales:

Product sales and other . . . $
Rental income . . . . . . . . . .

Total sales . . . . . . . . . .

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of

sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental cost of sales . . . . . .

Total cost of sales . . . .

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and

amortization expense . . . . .

BNC

MBS (a)

DSS (b)

Corporate
Services

Eliminations (c)

Total

52 weeks ended, April 28, 2018

1,602,887

$

453,580

$

15,762

$

— $

(87,757) $

1,984,472

213,196

1,816,083

1,254,392

120,482

1,374,874

441,209

5,949

459,529

354,969

3,215

358,184

101,345

353,716

50,020

53,737

6,406

—

15,762

359

—

359

15,403

7,844

5,253

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

219,145

(87,757)

2,203,617

(87,033)

1,522,687

—

123,697

(87,033)

1,646,384

(724)

557,233

22,166

190

—

—

(724)
44,919
Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(22,356) $

33,756

2,306

$

$

$

Sub-Total: $

Restructuring and other 

charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transaction costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

433,746

65,586

57,901

313,130

5,429

2,045

Operating (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(262,703)

BNC

MBS (a)

DSS (b)

Corporate
Services

Eliminations (c)

Total

52 weeks ended, April 29, 2017

1,614,002

$

33,169

$

— $

— $

(5,290) $

1,641,881

Dollars in thousands
Sales:

Product sales and other . . . $
Rental income . . . . . . . . . .

Total sales . . . . . . . . . .

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of

sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental cost of sales . . . . . .

Total cost of sales . . . .

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and

amortization expense . . . . .

231,559

1,845,561

1,256,673

133,938

1,390,611

454,950

347,103

52,067

922

34,091

29,023

320

29,343

4,748

8,317

1,059

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

25,373

192

(637)
Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(25,565) $

(4,628) $

55,780

— $

$

Sub-Total: $

Restructuring and other 

charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transaction costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(a)  On February 27, 2017, we acquired MBS. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 include 

the financial results of MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017. 

41

—

232,481

(5,290)

1,874,362

(4,653)

1,281,043

—

(4,653)

(637)

—

—

134,258

1,415,301

459,061

380,793

53,318

24,950

—

1,790

9,605

13,555

(b)  We acquired Student Brands, LLC on August 3, 2017. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 

28, 2018 include the financial results of Student Brands from the acquisition date, August 3, 2017, to April 28, 2018.

(c)  For additional information related to the intercompany activities and eliminations, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements 

and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Acquisitions and Note 5. Segment Reporting. 

Sales

The following table summarizes our sales for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017:

Dollars in thousands
Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

April 28,
 2018

52 weeks ended

April 29,
 2017

$

$

1,984,472

219,145

2,203,617

$

$

1,641,881

232,481

1,874,362

%

20.9%

(5.7)%

17.6%

Our total sales increased $329.3 million, or 17.6%, to $2,203.6 million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 from $1,874.4 
million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017.  Sales increased primarily due to the acquisition of MBS ($425.4 million) and 
Student Brands ($15.8), partially offset by BNC comparable sales declines primarily due to primarily by lower average selling 
prices of course materials driven by lower publisher prices resulting from a shift to lower cost options and more affordable solutions, 
including digital, lower student enrollment, specifically in two-year community colleges, increased consumer purchases directly 
from publishers and other online providers, and the general weakness in the retail environment. 

The components of the variances are reflected in the table below. 

Sales variances

Dollars in millions
MBS Sales (a)

Wholesale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MBS Sales subtotal:

BNC Sales

New stores. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Closed stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Comparable stores. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textbook rental deferral . . . . . . . . .
Service revenue (b). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BNC Sales subtotal:

DSS Sales (d). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Eliminations (e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total sales variance . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

52 weeks ended

April 28,
 2018

April 29,
 2017

236.9

$

188.5

425.4

$

64.4

$

(12.1)

(69.8)

1.3

2.9

(16.2)

(29.5) $

15.8

$

(82.4) $

329.3

$

14.1

20.0

34.1

109.5

(23.8)

(60.2)

0.6

5.8

5.6

37.5

—

(5.3)

66.3

(a)  Represents sales for MBS for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018. 

(b)  Service revenue includes Promoversity, brand partnerships, shipping and handling, LoudCloud digital content, software, and 

services, and revenue from other programs.

(c)  Other includes inventory liquidation sales to third parties, and certain accounting adjusting items related to return reserves, 

agency sales and other deferred items. 

(d)  DSS  revenue  includes  Student  Brands,  LLC  subscription-based  writing  services  business.  The  consolidated  financial 
statements for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 include the financial results of Student Brands, LLC from the date of 
acquisition, August 3, 2017. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

(e)  Eliminates MBS sales to BNC and BNC commissions earned from MBS. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and 

Supplementary Data - Note 5. Segment Reporting for a discussion of intercompany activities and eliminations.

42

 
BNC 

BNC total sales decreased $29.5 million, or 1.6%, to $1,816.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 from $1,845.6 
million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. BNC added 33 new stores and closed 34 stores during the 52 weeks ended
April 28, 2018, ending the period with a total of 768 stores.

Comparable store sales variances for BNC by category for the 52 week periods are as follows:

Comparable Store Sales variances for BNC

52 weeks ended

Dollars in millions
Textbooks (Course Materials) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Merchandise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trade Books. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Comparable Store Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

April 28, 2018

April 29, 2017

(65.6)

1.2

(5.3)

(0.1)

(69.8)

(5.9)% $

(55.7)

0.2 %

(10.2)%

(78.3)%

(0.7)

(3.2)

(0.6)

(4.1)% $

(60.2)

(4.9)%

(0.1)%

(5.8)%

(88.9)%

(3.5)%

Comparable store sales for BNC decreased for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 and were impacted primarily by lower 
average selling prices of course materials driven by lower publisher prices resulting from a shift to lower cost options and more 
affordable solutions, including digital. Comparable store sales were also impacted by lower student enrollment, specifically in 
two-year community colleges, increased consumer purchases directly from publishers and other online providers, and other recent 
negative retail trends. The components of the variances are reflected in the table above.  

Textbook revenue for BNC for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 decreased primarily due to lower new and used textbook 
sales and rentals as discussed above, while eTextbook revenue increased. General merchandise sales for BNC increased for the 
52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 primarily due to higher emblematic apparel and graduation products sales, partially offset by a 
decrease in school supplies, computer and convenience product sales.

Rental income for BNC for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 decreased by $18.4 million, or 7.9%. The decrease in rental 

income for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 is due to decreased rental activity and increased digital offerings.

MBS 

MBS total sales increased by $425.4 million to $459.5 million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 from $34.1 million 

which represents sales for MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017.

Cost of Sales and Gross Margin

Our cost of sales decreased as a percentage of sales to 74.7% during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 compared to 75.5% 
during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. Our gross margin increased $98.2 million, or 21.4%, to $557.2 million, or 25.3% of 
sales, during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 from $459.1 million, or 24.5% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 
2017. 

BNC 

The following table summarizes the BNC cost of sales for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017: 

Dollars in thousands
Product and other cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Cost of Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 28,
 2018
1,254,392
120,482
1,374,874

% of
Related Sales
78.3%
56.5%
75.7%

April 29,
 2017
1,256,673
133,938
1,390,611

$

$

% of
Related Sales
77.9%
57.8%
75.3%

The following table summarizes the BNC gross margin for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017:

Dollars in thousands
Product and other gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 28,
 2018

% of
Related Sales

April 29,
 2017

% of
Related Sales

$

$

348,495

92,714

441,209

21.7%

43.5%

24.3%

$

$

357,329

97,621

454,950

22.1%

42.2%

24.7%

43

 
 
For the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, the BNC gross margin as a percentage of sales decreased as discussed below: 

•  Product and other gross margin decreased (40 basis points) due to lower margin rates (35 bps), specifically for general 
merchandise  and  used  textbooks,  which  were  impacted  by  publisher  price  decreases  and  lower  sales  of  underutilized 
inventory to third parties compared to the prior year due to inventory transfers to MBS, and an unfavorable sales mix (5 
basis points). 

•  Rental gross margin increased (130 basis points), driven primarily by higher rental margin rates (140 basis points) and 
favorable sales mix (10 basis points), partially offset by increased costs related to our college and university contracts (15 
basis points) resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts.

MBS

The cost of sales and gross margin for MBS was $358.2 million or 77.9% of sales and $101.3 million or 22.1% of sales, 
respectively, during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018. The cost of sales and gross margin for MBS was $29.3 million or 86.1% 
of sales and $4.7 million or 13.9% of sales, respectively, during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. The consolidated financial 
statements for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 include the financial results of MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 
2017, to April 29, 2017.

The margin was impacted by the incremental cost of sales of $3.3 million related to recording MBS inventory at fair value 
as of the acquisition date. The non-cash fair value inventory adjustment of $3.3 million for MBS was recognized over six months 
from the date of acquisition and was allocated based on monthly sales. Excluding the $3.3 million inventory fair value amortization, 
cost of sales and gross margin for MBS was $354.9 million or 77.2% of sales and $104.6 million or 22.8% of sales, respectively, 
during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018.

DSS

Gross margin for the DSS segment was $15.4 million driven primarily by high margin Student Brands subscription service 
revenue earned from Student Brands acquisition date, August 3, 2017 to April 28, 2018. Operating costs for the Student Brands 
are recorded as selling and administrative expenses. 

Intercompany Eliminations

During the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017, our sales eliminations were $87.7 million and $5.3 million, 
respectively. These sales eliminations represent the elimination of MBS sales to BNC and the elimination of BNC commissions 
earned from MBS. 

During the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017, the cost of sales eliminations were $87.0 million and $4.7 
million, respectively.  These cost of sales eliminations represent (i) the recognition of intercompany profit for BNC inventory that 
was purchased from MBS in a prior period that was subsequently sold to external customers during the current period, net of (ii) 
the elimination of intercompany profit for MBS inventory purchases by BNC that remain in ending inventory at the end of the 
current period. 

The $0.7 million and $0.6 million of gross margin elimination reflects the net impact of the sales eliminations and cost of 

sales eliminations during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017, respectively.

Selling and Administrative Expenses 

Dollars in thousands
Selling and Administrative Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 28,
 2018

$

433,746

% of
Sales
19.7%

April 29,
 2017

$

380,793

% of
Sales
20.3%

During the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, selling and administrative expenses increased by $53.0 million, or 13.9%, to 
$433.7 million from $380.8 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. This increase was primarily due to the acquisition 
of MBS ($41.7 million increase) and DSS ($7.8 million increase).  Shared corporate overhead costs previously allocated to MBS 
prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 have been reclassified and are included in selling and administrative expenses in the 
BNC segment or Corporate Services.

For the BNC segment, selling and administrative expenses increased by $6.6 million, or 1.9%, to $353.7 million from $347.1 
million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. The increase was primarily due a $5.7 million increase in new store payroll 
and operating expenses (net of closed stores), as a result of a $52.3 million increase in new store sales (net of closed stores), and 
an increase of $6.6 million in corporate payroll and infrastructure costs, including increased costs associated with Promoversity 
and LoudCloud digital operations. These increases were partially offset by a $5.7 million decrease in comparable store payroll 
and operating expenses.

44

 
For the MBS segment, selling and administrative expenses were $50.0 million, or 10.9% of related sales, compared to $8.3 
million, or 24.4% of related sales, during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, which includes the financial results of MBS from 
the acquisition date, February 27, 2017 to April 29, 2017, their lowest selling period during the fiscal year. 

For the DSS segment, selling and administrative expenses were $7.8 million, or 49.8% of sales during the 52 weeks ended 
April 28, 2018, which includes the financial results of Student Brands from the acquisition date, August 3, 2017 to April 28, 2018. 

Corporate Services' selling and administrative expenses decreased by $3.2 million, or 12.6%, to $22.2 million during the 52 
weeks ended April 28, 2018 from $25.4 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to 
savings related to the combining the Chairman and CEO position effective in the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, lower stock-
based compensation and bonus expense.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Dollars in thousands
Depreciation and Amortization Expense . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 28,
 2018

$

65,586

% of
Sales
3.0%

April 29,
 2017

$

53,318

% of
Sales
2.8%

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $12.3 million, or 23.0%, to $65.6 million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 
2018  from  $53.3  million  during  the  52  weeks  ended April 29,  2017. This  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  incremental 
depreciation and amortization expense resulting from the acquisitions of MBS and Student Brands associated with the property 
and  equipment  and  identified  intangibles  recorded  at  fair  value  as  of  the  respective  acquisition  dates  and  additional  capital 
expenditures for BNC.

Impairment loss (non-cash) 

We completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of the first day of the third quarter of Fiscal 2018. In performing the 
valuation, we used cash flows that reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates that included risk adjustments consistent 
with the current market conditions. We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from 
the income approach and the market approach. Based on the results of the test, we recorded a goodwill impairment (non-cash 
impairment loss) of $313.1 million. For information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Restructuring and other charges

Restructuring

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital education operations and we announced a reduction in staff 
and closure of the facilities in Mountain View, California, and Redmond, Washington, which was completed during the first quarter 
of Fiscal 2017. We recorded restructuring costs of $1.8 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017.

Other Charges

On July 19, 2017, Mr. Max J. Roberts resigned as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Mr. Michael P. Huseby was 
appointed to the position of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, both effective as of September 19, 2017. During 
the  52  weeks  ended April  28,  2018,  we  recognized  expenses  totaling  approximately  $5.4  million,  which  is  comprised  of  the 
severance and transition payments as well as related expenses. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data - Note 9. Supplementary Information or the Form 8-K dated July 19, 2017, filed with the SEC on July 
20, 2017.

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs were $2.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 compared to $9.6 million during the 52 weeks 
ended April 29, 2017. We incur transaction costs for business development and acquisitions. For additional information related to 
our recent acquisitions, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Acquisitions. 

Operating (Loss) Income

Dollars in thousands
Operating (Loss) Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 28,
 2018

$

(262,703)

% of
Sales
(11.9)%

April 29,
 2017

$

13,555

% of
Sales
0.7%

Our operating loss was $262.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 compared to operating income of $13.6 million 
during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. This decrease was due to the matters discussed above. For the 52 weeks ended April 
28, 2018, excluding the $313.1 million of goodwill impairment, the $3.3 million of incremental cost of sales related to amortization 

45

 
 
of the MBS inventory fair value adjustment, the restructuring and other charges of $5.4 million and transaction costs of $2.0 
million, all discussed above, operating income was $61.2 million (or 2.8% of sales). For the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, 
excluding the restructuring costs and other charges of $1.8 million and the transaction costs of $9.6 million, discussed above, 
operating income was $25.0 million (or 1.3% of sales).

Interest Expense, Net

Dollars in thousands
Interest Expense, Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

April 28, 2018

April 29, 2017

10,306

$

3,464

Net interest expense increased by $6.8 million to $10.3 million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 from $3.5 million 
during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 primarily due to increased borrowings as a result of acquisitions, as well as higher 
commitment fees for the fully year in Fiscal 2018 under the Credit Facility and FILO Facility which was entered into during Fiscal 
2017. 

52 weeks ended

Income Tax Expense

Dollars in thousands
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 28,
 2018

$

(20,443)

Effective Rate
7.5%

April 29,
 2017

$

4,730

Effective Rate
46.9%

We recorded an income tax benefit of $(20.4) million on a pre-tax loss of $(273.0) million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 
2018, which represented an effective income tax rate of 7.5% and an income tax expense of $4.7 million on pre-tax income of 
$10.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, which represented an effective income tax rate of 46.9%.

The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2018 is significantly lower as compared to the comparable prior year periods due to the tax 
benefit of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Legislation"), which lowered the U.S. statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% effective 
January 1, 2018.  The combined benefit of our pre-tax book loss, plus the reduced U.S. income tax rate was partially offset by 
permanent differences, which includes the nondeductible portion of the goodwill impairment.  

As expected, nondeductible compensation expense for Fiscal 2018 was significantly lower compared to the prior fiscal year 
as components of our executive compensation program qualified as deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue 
Code. In addition, our income tax provision for the preceding two fiscal years reflected certain non-recurring tax benefits arising 
from the Spin-Off. These benefits did not impact the current fiscal year and the Company does not expect any similar non-recurring 
tax benefits associated with the Spin-Off to impact our effective tax rate in future fiscal years and nondeductible compensation 
expense may increase because of changes to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Impact of U.S. Tax Reform

The Tax Legislation was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Legislation reduces the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 
35% to 21% and requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously 
tax deferred, among other provisions. As of April 28, 2018, we had not completed the accounting for the tax effects of enactment 
of the Act; however, as described below, we have made a reasonable estimate of the effects on existing deferred tax balances and 
the one-time transition tax in accordance with SAB 118, “Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (SAB 
118). These amounts are provisional and subject to change within the measurement period proscribed by SAB 118 which is not 
to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. The most significant impact of the legislation for the Company was a $20.4 
million reduction of the value of our net deferred (which represents future tax liabilities) and long-term tax liabilities as a result 
of lowering the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. We have provisionally recorded a liability associated with the 
one-time transition tax, however, such amount is not material.
Net (Loss) Income 

Dollars in thousands
Net (Loss) Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

April 28, 2018

April 29, 2017

(252,566) $

5,361

As a result of the factors discussed above, we reported net loss of $(252.6) million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, 
compared with net income of $5.4 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) is $56.9 
million during the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, compared with $12.3 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017.  See 
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) discussion below.

52 weeks ended

46

Results of Operations - 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 compared with the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016

Dollars in thousands
Sales:

Product sales and other . . . $
Rental income . . . . . . . . . .

Total sales . . . . . . . . . .

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of

sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental cost of sales . . . . . .

Total cost of sales . . . .

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and

amortization expense . . . . .

BNC

MBS (a)

DSS

Corporate
Services

Eliminations (b)

Total

52 weeks ended, April 29, 2017

1,614,002

$

33,169

$

— $

— $

(5,290) $

1,641,881

231,559

1,845,561

1,256,673

133,938

1,390,611

454,950

347,103

52,067

922

34,091

29,023

320

29,343

4,748

8,317

1,059

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

25,373

192

—

232,481

(5,290)

1,874,362

(4,653)

1,281,043

—

(4,653)

(637)

—

—

(637)
Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(25,565) $

(4,628) $

55,780

— $

$

Sub-Total: $

Restructuring and other 

charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transaction costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Dollars in thousands
Sales:

Product sales and other . . . $
Rental income . . . . . . . . . .

Total sales . . . . . . . . . .

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of

sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental cost of sales . . . . . .

Total cost of sales . . . .

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and

amortization expense . . . . .

BNC

MBS (a)

DSS

Corporate
Services

Eliminations (b)

Total

52 weeks ended, April 30, 2016

1,581,104

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

1,581,104

226,925

1,808,029

1,224,927

128,403

1,353,330

454,699

346,447

52,564

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

27,724

126

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(27,850) $

55,688

— $

— $

$

Sub-Total: $

Restructuring and other 

charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transaction costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(a)  On February 27, 2017, we acquired MBS. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 include 

the financial results of MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017. 

47

134,258

1,415,301

459,061

380,793

53,318

24,950

—

1,790

9,605

13,555

226,925

1,808,029

1,224,927

128,403

1,353,330

454,699

374,171

52,690

27,838

11,987

8,830

2,398

4,623

(b)  For additional information related to the intercompany activities and eliminations, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements 

and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Acquisitions and Note 5. Segment Reporting. 

Sales

The following table summarizes our sales for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 and April 30, 2016:

Dollars in thousands
Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

April 29,
 2017

52 weeks ended

April 30,
 2016

$

$

1,641,881

232,481

1,874,362

$

$

1,581,104

226,925

1,808,029

%

3.8%

2.4%

3.7%

Our total sales increased $66.3 million, or 3.7%, to $1,874.4 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 from $1,808.0 

million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016.  

The components of the variances are reflected in the table below. 

Sales variances

Dollars in millions
MBS Sales (a)

Wholesale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MBS Sales subtotal:

BNC Sales

New stores. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Closed stores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Comparable stores. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textbook rental deferral . . . . . . . . .
Service revenue (b). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BNC Sales subtotal:
Eliminations (d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total sales variance . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

$

$

52 weeks ended

14.1

20.0

34.1

109.5

(23.8)

(60.2)

0.6

5.8

5.6

37.5

(5.3)

66.3

(a)  Represents sales for MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017. See MBS discussion below.
(b)  Service revenue includes Promoversity, brand partnerships, shipping and handling, LoudCloud digital content, software, and 

services, and revenue from other programs. 

(c)  Other includes inventory liquidation sales to third parties, and certain accounting adjusting items related to return reserves, 

agency sales and other deferred items. 

(d)  Eliminates MBS sales to BNC and BNC commissions earned from MBS. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and 

Supplementary Data - Note 5. Segment Reporting for a discussion of intercompany activities and eliminations.

BNC 

BNC total sales increased $37.5 million, or 2.1%, to $1,845.6 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 from $1,808.0 

million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016.  

BNC added 38 new stores and closed 20 stores during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, ending the period with a total of 

769 stores.

48

 
Comparable store sales variances for BNC by category for the 52 week periods are as follows:

Comparable Store Sales variances for BNC

Dollars in millions
Textbooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Merchandise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trade Books. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Comparable Store Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

April 29, 2017

$

$

(55.7)

(0.7)

(3.2)

(0.6)

(60.2)

(4.9)%

(0.1)%

(5.8)%

(88.9)%

(3.5)%

Comparable store sales for BNC decreased for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 and were negatively impacted primarily 
by lower student enrollment, specifically in two-year community colleges, increased consumer purchases directly from publishers 
and other online providers, and other recent negative retail trends. The components of the variances are reflected in the table above. 

New and used textbook revenue for BNC for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 decreased primarily due to lower new and 
used textbook sales, while eTextbook revenue increased due to expanded eTextbook title offerings. General merchandise sales for 
BNC decreased for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 primarily due to lower computer product, school supplies and convenience 
sales, partially offset by higher emblematic apparel sales.

Rental income for BNC for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 increased $4.6 million, or 2.0%. The increase in rental income 

for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 was primarily due to increased rental activity.

MBS

MBS sales were $34.1 million and represents sales for MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017 to April 29, 2017. 
MBS’s business is highly seasonal. For MBS’s retail operations (virtual bookstores), a major portion of sales and operating profit 
are realized during the second and third quarters, when students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. 
For MBS’s wholesale business, a major portion of sales and operating profit is realized during the first, second and third fiscal 
quarters, as it sells textbooks for retail distribution. MBS has significantly lower operating profit or operating loss realized during 
the fourth quarter.

Cost of Sales and Gross Margin

Our cost of sales increased as a percentage of sales to 75.5% during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 compared to 74.9% 
during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016. Our gross margin increased $4.4 million, or 1.0%, to $459.1 million, or 24.5% of sales, 
during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 from $454.7 million, or 25.1% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016. 

BNC 

The following table summarizes the BNC cost of sales for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 and April 30, 2016: 

Dollars in thousands
Product and other cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rental cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Cost of Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 29,
 2017
1,256,673
133,938
1,390,611

% of
Related Sales
77.9%
57.8%
75.3%

April 30,
 2016
1,224,927
128,403
1,353,330

$

$

% of
Related Sales
77.5%
56.6%
74.9%

The following table summarizes the BNC gross margin for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 and April 30, 2016:

Dollars in thousands
Product and other gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rental gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 29,
 2017

% of
Related Sales

April 30,
 2016

% of
Related Sales

$

$

357,329

97,621

454,950

22.1%

42.2%

24.7%

$

$

356,177

98,522

454,699

22.5%

43.4%

25.1%

49

 
 
For the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, the BNC gross margin as a percentage of sales decreased due to lower margin rate 
and higher costs related to our college and university contracts resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts, partially 
offset by a favorable sales mix as discussed below: 

•  Product  and  other  gross  margin  decreased  (40  basis  points),  driven  primarily  by  lower  margin  rates  (50  basis  points), 
primarily related to increased markdowns on textbooks, including the impact of our price-matching program (15 basis 
points), and increased costs related to our college and university contracts (25 basis points) resulting from contract renewals 
and new store contracts. These decreases were partially offset by improved shrink results (20 basis points) and a favorable 
sales mix (15 basis points) resulting from an increase in sales of higher margin general merchandise. 

•  Rental gross margin decreased (120 basis points), driven primarily by lower rental margin rates (145 basis points), including 
the impact of our price-matching program (40 basis points) and increased costs related to our college and university contracts 
(20 basis points) resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts. This decrease was partially offset by a favorable 
rental mix (40 basis points).

MBS

The cost of sales and gross margin for MBS was $29.3 million or 86.1% and $4.7 million or 13.9%, respectively, from the 
acquisition date, February 27, 2017 to April 29, 2017. The MBS gross margin as a percentage of sales is impacted by significantly 
lower sales for MBS realized during the fourth quarter (generally February through April) as the majority of the quarter is focused 
on purchasing inventory for the upcoming Fall semester, fixed warehouse facility and operation costs, as well as the incremental 
cost of sales related to recording MBS inventory at fair value as of the acquisition date.

Intercompany Eliminations

During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, our sales eliminations were $5.3 million. These sales eliminations represent the 

elimination of MBS sales to BNC and the elimination of BNC commissions earned from MBS. 

During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, the cost of sales eliminations were $4.7 million.  These cost of sales eliminations 
represent (i) the recognition of intercompany profit for BNC inventory that was purchased from MBS in a prior period that was 
subsequently sold to external customers during the current period, net of (ii) the elimination of intercompany profit for MBS 
inventory purchases by BNC that remain in ending inventory at the end of the current period. 

The $0.6 million of gross margin elimination reflects the net impact of the sales eliminations and cost of sales eliminations 

during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017.

Selling and Administrative Expenses 

Dollars in thousands
Selling and Administrative Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 29,
 2017

$

380,793

% of
Sales
20.3%

April 30,
 2016

$

374,171

% of
Sales
20.7%

During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, selling and administrative expenses increased $6.6 million, or 1.8%, to $380.8 
million  from  $374.2  million  during  the  52  weeks  ended April 30,  2016.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the  selling  and 
administrative expenses for MBS of $8.3 from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017.

BNC's selling and administrative expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 0.2%, to $347.1 million during the 52 weeks ended 
April 29, 2017 from $346.4 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016. The increase was due primarily to a $14.6 million 
increase in new store payroll and operating expenses (net of closed stores), as a result of a $85.7 million increase in new store 
sales (net of closed stores), and a $3.7 million increase in corporate payroll and infrastructure costs, including increased costs 
associated with Promoversity. These increases were partially offset by an $11.2 million net decrease in digital expenses related to 
the restructuring of our digital operations (as discussed below), net of increased costs related to our LoudCloud digital operations, 
and a $6.4 million decrease in comparable store payroll and operating expenses.

Corporate Services' selling and administrative expenses decreased by $2.4 million, or 8.5%, to $25.4 million during the 52 
weeks ended April 29, 2017 from $27.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to 
lower corporate costs incurred to perform certain corporate service functions that were historically provided by Barnes & Noble, 
Inc. prior to the Barnes & Noble, Inc. spin-off in April 2015, partially offset by increased stock-based compensation expense. For 
additional  information,  see Part  II  -  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data  -  Note  10.  Barnes  &  Noble,  Inc. 
Transactions.

50

 
Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Dollars in thousands
Depreciation and Amortization Expense . . . . . . . . . .

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 29,
 2017

$

53,318

% of
Sales
2.8%

April 30,
 2016

$

52,690

% of
Sales
2.9%

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $0.6 million, or 1.2%, to $53.3 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 
2017  from  $52.7  million  during  the  52  weeks  ended April 30,  2016. This  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  incremental 
depreciation resulting from recording MBS property and equipment and identified intangibles at fair value as of the acquisition 
date and additional capital expenditures for BNC.

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs were $9.6 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 compared to $2.4 million during the 52 weeks 
ended April 30, 2016. We incur transaction costs for business development and acquisitions. For additional information related to 
our recent acquisitions, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Acquisitions. 

Impairment Loss (non-cash) and Restructuring and Other Charges

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations in our BNC segment. As a result of this restructuring, 
we recorded a non-cash impairment loss of $12.0 million related to all of the capitalized content costs for the Yuzu® eTextbook 
platform ($9 million), and recorded a non-recurring other than temporary loss related to an investment held at cost ($3 million).  
Additionally, in our BNC segment, we announced a reduction in staff and closure of the facilities in Mountain View, California, 
and Redmond, Washington that supported the Yuzu® eTextbook platform. The cost of severance, retention, and other restructuring 
costs (i.e. facility exit costs) was $8.8 million and $1.8 million in Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2017, respectively. The restructuring was 
completed during Fiscal 2017.

Operating Income

Dollars in thousands
Operating Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 29,
 2017

13,555

% of
Sales
0.7%

April 30,
 2016

$

4,623

% of
Sales
0.2%

In Fiscal 2017, our operating income was $13.6 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017. The increase compared 
to Fiscal 2016 was due to the matters discussed above. Excluding the restructuring and other charges of $1.8 million and the 
transaction costs of $9.6 million, discussed above, operating income was $25.0 million (or 1.3% of sales). In Fiscal 2016, our 
operating income was $4.6 million due to the matters discussed above. Excluding the impairment loss of $12.0 million, restructuring 
and other charges of $8.8 million, and transaction costs of $2.4 million, we reported operating income of $27.8 million (or 1.5% 
of sales) during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016.

Interest Expense, Net

Dollars in thousands
Interest Expense, Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

April 29, 2017

April 30, 2016

3,464

$

1,872

Net interest expense increased by $1.6 million to $3.5 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 from $1.9 million 
during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 primarily due to increased borrowings under the Credit Facility and FILO Facility 
entered into during Fiscal 2017. On February 27, 2017, in connection with the acquisition of MBS, we amended our existing credit 
agreement to add a new $100 million incremental first in, last out seasonal loan facility, and borrowed approximately $55 million 
under the credit facility to fund the acquisition at February 27, 2017. 

52 weeks ended

Income Tax Expense

Dollars in thousands
Income Tax Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 29,
 2017

4,730

Effective Rate
46.9%

April 30,
 2016

$

2,667

Effective Rate
96.9%

We recorded an income tax expense of $4.7 million on pre-tax income of $10.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 
2017, which represented an effective income tax rate of 46.9% and an income tax expense of $2.7 million on pre-tax income of 
$2.8 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, which represented an effective income tax rate of 96.9%.

51

 
 
The income tax provision for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 reflects the impact of nondeductible expenses, principally 
nondeductible compensation expense, partially offset by state net operating losses benefiting the Company as a result of the Spin-
Off, as well as certain income tax credits.  As compared to the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, the income tax provision for the 
52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 also reflected the non-deductibility of certain impairment amounts referred to in Part II - Item 8. 
Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data  -  Note  9.  Supplementary  Information  -  Impairment  Loss  (non-cash)  and 
Restructuring and Other Charges. 
Net Income 

Dollars in thousands
Net Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

April 29, 2017

April 30, 2016

5,361

$

84

As a result of the factors discussed above, we reported net income of $5.4 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, 
compared with net income of $0.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016. Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) is $12.3 
million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, compared with $15.5 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016.  See 
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) discussion below.

52 weeks ended

Use of Non-GAAP Measures - Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA

To supplement our results prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use the measure of Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA, 
which are non-GAAP financial measures under Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) regulations. We define Adjusted 
Earnings as net income as adjusted for items that are subtracted from or added to net income. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net 
income plus (1) depreciation and amortization; (2) interest expense and (3) income taxes, (4) as adjusted for items that are subtracted 
from or added to net income.  

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review our consolidated financial statements included 
elsewhere in this Form 10-K, the reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to net income and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA 
to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP, set forth in the tables below. 
All of the items included in the reconciliations below are either (i) non-cash items or (ii) items that management does not consider 
in assessing our on-going operating performance.

These non-GAAP financial measures are not intended as substitutes for and should not be considered superior to measures 
of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our use of these non-GAAP financial measures may be 
different from similarly named measures used by other companies, limiting their usefulness for comparison purposes. These non-
GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to net income as an indicator of our performance or any other 
measures of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. 

We review these Non-GAAP financial measures as internal measures to evaluate our performance and manage our operations. 
We believe that these measures are useful performance measures which are used by us to facilitate a comparison of our on-going 
operating performance on a consistent basis from period-to-period. We believe that these Non-GAAP financial measures provide 
for a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than measures under GAAP can provide alone, as 
they exclude certain items that do not reflect the ordinary earnings of our operations. Our Board of Directors and management 
also use Adjusted EBITDA as one of the primary methods for planning and forecasting overall expected performance, for evaluating 
on a quarterly and annual basis actual results against such expectations, and as a measure for performance incentive plans. We 
believe that the inclusion of Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA results provides investors useful and important information 
regarding our operating results.

52

Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP)

Dollars in thousands
Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Reconciling items, after-tax (below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

(252,566) $
309,515

5,361

6,986

$

$

84

15,378

15,462

Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

56,949

$

12,347

Reconciling items, pre-tax

Impairment loss (non-cash) (a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory valuation amortization (MBS) (non-cash) (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other charges (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaction costs (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reconciling items, pre-tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Pro forma income tax impact (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reconciling items, after-tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

$

313,130

$

— $

11,987

3,273

5,429

2,045

323,877

14,362

—

1,790

9,605

11,395

4,409

309,515

$

6,986

$

—

8,830

2,398

23,215

7,837

15,378

(a)   See Management Discussion and Analysis - Results of Operations discussion above.
(b)  Represents the income tax effects of the non-GAAP items.

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)

Dollars in thousands
Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

$

(252,566) $

5,361

$

84

Add:

Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income tax (benefit) expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss (non-cash) (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory valuation amortization (MBS) (non-cash) (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring and other charges (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaction costs (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65,586

10,306
(20,443)
313,130

3,273

5,429

2,045

53,318

3,464

4,730
—

—

1,790

9,605

52,690

1,872

2,667
11,987

—

8,830

2,398

$

126,760

$

78,268

$

80,528

(a)  See Management Discussion and Analysis - Results of Operations discussion above.

The following is Adjusted EBITDA by segment for Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016.

Adjusted EBITDA - by Segment

Dollars in thousands
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of sales (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative

expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BNC

MBS

$ 1,816,083

$

459,529

$

(1,374,874)

(354,911)

441,209

104,618

FISCAL YEAR 2018
Corporate
Services

DSS

Elimination (a)

Total

15,762
(359)
15,403

$

— $

—

—

(87,757) $ 2,203,617
(1,643,111)
87,033
(724)
560,506

353,716

50,020

7,844

22,166
(22,166) $

—
(724) $

433,746

126,760

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) .

$

87,493

$

54,598

$

7,559

$

53

—

—

—

—

Adjusted EBITDA - by Segment

Dollars in thousands
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BNC

MBS

FISCAL YEAR 2017
Corporate
Services

DSS

$ 1,845,561

$

34,091

$

— $

— $

Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,390,611)

(29,343)

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

454,950

Selling and administrative

expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

347,103

4,748

8,317

—

—

—

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) .

$

107,847

$

(3,569) $

— $

Elimination (a)

Total 
Fiscal 2017
(5,290) $ 1,874,362
(1,415,301)
4,653
(637)
459,061

25,373
(25,373) $

—
(637) $

380,793

78,268

Adjusted EBITDA - by Segment

FISCAL YEAR 2016

Dollars in thousands
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BNC

MBS

DSS

Corporate
Services

Elimination (a)

Total 
Fiscal 2016

$ 1,808,029

$

— $

— $

— $

Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,353,330)

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

454,699

Selling and administrative

expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

346,447

—

—

—

—

—

—

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) .

$

108,252

$

— $

— $

— $ 1,808,029
— (1,353,330)
454,699
—

27,724
(27,724) $

—

374,171

— $

80,528

(a)  For the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, gross margin excludes $3.3 million of incremental cost of sales related to amortization 
of the MBS inventory fair value adjustment recorded as of the acquisition date, February 27, 2017.  See Management Discussion 
and Analysis - Results of Operations discussion above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of cash are net cash flows from operating activities, funds available under a credit agreement and short-
term vendor financing. As of April 28, 2018, we had a total of $196.4 million of outstanding borrowings under the BNED Credit 
Facility and FILO Facility.  See Financing Arrangements discussion below.

Share Repurchases 

On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $50 million, in the aggregate, 
of our outstanding common stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which includes a 
plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, 
or modified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes.  
During Fiscal 2016, we repurchased 1,715,269 shares for approximately $16.6 million at a weighted average cost per share of 
$9.95.  During Fiscal 2017, we repurchased 688,948 shares for approximately $6.7 million at a weighted average cost per share 
of $10.10. During Fiscal 2018, we did not purchase shares under the stock repurchase program. As of April 28, 2018, approximately 
$26.7 million remains available under the stock repurchase program. 

During Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, we also repurchased 260,531 shares, 276,292 shares and 174,511 shares of 

our common stock, respectively, in connection with employee tax withholding obligations for vested stock awards. 

Sources and Uses of Cash Flow

Dollars in thousands

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

21,697

$

30,866

$

44,816

Net cash flows provided by operating activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60,042

67,986

83,083

Net cash flows used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(100,032)

(224,438)

(68,744)

Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35,162

147,283

(28,289)

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

16,869

$

21,697

$

30,866

54

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Our business is highly seasonal. For our retail operations (BNC and MBS Direct), cash flows from operating activities are 
typically a source of cash in the second and third fiscal quarters, when students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the 
upcoming semesters. For MBS Wholesale, cash flows from operating activities are typically a source of cash in the second and 
fourth fiscal quarters, as payments are received from the summer and winter selling season when they sell textbooks for retail 
distribution. For both BNC and MBS, cash flows from operating activities are typically a use of cash in the fourth fiscal quarter, 
when sales volumes are materially lower than the other quarters. For our DSS segment, cash flows are not seasonal as cash flows 
from operating activities are typically consistent throughout the year. Our quarterly cash flows also may fluctuate depending on 
the timing of the start of the various school’s semesters, as well as shifts in our fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may 
affect the comparability of our results across periods.

Cash flows provided by operating activities during Fiscal 2018 were $60.0 million compared to $68.0 million during Fiscal 
2017. This decrease of $8.0 million was primarily due to changes in working capital (primarily due to the inclusion of MBS 
operating activities for the entire Fiscal 2018 period and due to an increase in cash income tax payments), and changes in other 
long-term liabilities and deferred tax balances (primarily driven by the December 22, 2017 enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act). 

Cash flows provided by operating activities during Fiscal 2017 were $68.0 million compared to $83.1 million during Fiscal 
2016. This decrease of $15.1 million was primarily due to the inclusion of MBS operating activities from the date of acquisition, 
February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017, changes in working capital and changes in deferred tax balances.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities during Fiscal 2018 were $(100.0) million compared to $(224.4) million during Fiscal 
2017. The decrease is primarily due to the acquisition of Student Brands for $57.4 million (cash consideration of $62.0 million, 
including cash acquired of $4.6 million) during Fiscal 2018 compared to cash consideration for the acquisition of MBS of $187.0 
million during Fiscal 2017, higher capital expenditures primarily for MBS and contractual capital investments associated with 
renewing existing contracts, and new store construction for BNC, offset by lower deferred contract costs related to our bookstore 
contracts. 

Cash flows used in investing activities during Fiscal 2017 were $(224.4) million compared to $(68.7) million during Fiscal 
2016. The increase is primarily due to cash consideration for the acquisition of MBS of $187.0 million, net of cash and restricted 
cash acquired of $1.2 million, in Fiscal 2017, and lower capital expenditures primarily for contractual capital investments associated 
with renewing existing contracts, and new store construction. 

Our investing activities consist principally of capital expenditures for contractual capital investments associated with renewing 
existing  contracts,  new  store  construction,  digital  initiatives  and  enhancements  to  internal  systems  and  our  website.  Capital 
expenditures totaled $42.8 million and $34.7 million, $50.8 million during Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, respectively.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Cash flows provided by financing activities during Fiscal 2018 were $35.2 million compared to cash flows provided by 
financing activities of $147.3 million during Fiscal 2017. This net change of $112.1 is primarily due to increased net borrowings 
under the credit agreement of $122.8 million (primarily to fund recent acquisitions), offset by decreased payments for Common 
Stock repurchased of $7.8 million during Fiscal 2018, and decreased payments for financing costs of $3.0 million.

Cash flows provided by financing activities during Fiscal 2017 were $147.3 million compared to cash flows used in financing 
activities of $28.3 million during Fiscal 2016. This net change of $119.0 is primarily due to increased net borrowings under the 
credit agreement of $159.6 million, the net change in the Barnes & Noble, Inc. investment of $6.4 million, and decreased payments 
for common stock repurchased of $9.2 million in Fiscal 2017. 

Financing Arrangements

On August 3, 2015, we, and certain of our subsidiaries from time to time party thereto, entered into a credit agreement with 
Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and other lenders from time to time party 
thereto, under which the lenders committed to provide us with a five-year asset-backed revolving credit facility in an aggregate 
committed principal amount of $400 million (the "BNED Credit Facility"). Proceeds from the Credit Facility are used for general 
corporate purposes, including seasonal working capital needs. Bank of America Merrill Lynch, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Wells 
Fargo Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. are the joint lead arrangers for the BNED Credit Facility.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Loan Parties”) will be permitted to borrow under the BNED 
Credit Facility. The BNED Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the inventory, accounts receivable and related assets 
of the borrowers under the BNED Credit Facility, but excluding the equity interests in the Company and its subsidiaries, intellectual 

55

property, equipment and certain other property. The Company has the option to request an increase in commitments under the 
BNED Credit Facility of up to $100 million, subject to certain restrictions.

On February 27, 2017, in connection with the acquisition of MBS, we amended our existing credit agreement to add a new 
$100 million incremental first in, last out seasonal loan facility (the “FILO Facility”), and borrowed approximately $55 million 
under the BNED Credit Facility to fund the acquisition at February 27, 2017. 

 During the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, we had borrowed $674.5 million and repaid $637.7 million under the BNED 
Credit Facility and FILO Facility, and a net total of $196.4 million of outstanding borrowings as of April 28, 2018. As of April 28, 
2018, we have issued $4.8 million in letters of credit under the facility. During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017, we had borrowed 
$312.7 million and repaid $153.1 million under the BNED Credit Facility and FILO Facility, and had a net total of $159.6 million 
of outstanding borrowings as of April 29, 2017. During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, we borrowed and repaid $60.6 million 
under the BNED Credit Facility. 

During Fiscal 2017, we incurred debt issuance costs totaling $2.9 million related to the FILO Facility. During Fiscal 2016, 
we incurred debt issuance costs totaling $3.3 million related to the BNED Credit Facility. The debt issuance costs have been 
deferred and are presented as an asset which is subsequently amortized ratably over the term of the credit agreement.

Interest under the BNED Credit Facility accrues, at the election of the Company, at a LIBOR or alternate base rate, plus, in 
each case, an applicable interest rate margin, which is determined by reference to the level of excess availability under the BNED 
Credit Facility. Loans will initially bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.000% per annum, in the case of LIBOR borrowings, or at the 
alternate base rate plus 1.000% per annum, in the alternative, and thereafter the interest rate will fluctuate between LIBOR plus 
2.000% per annum and LIBOR plus 1.750% per annum (or between the alternate base rate plus 1.000% per annum and the alternate 
base rate plus 0.750% per annum), based upon the excess availability under the BNED Credit Facility at such time.

Loans under the FILO Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate, plus 3.000%. The FILO Facility will be 
available solely during the draw period each year, from April 1 through July 31. We are required to borrow 100% of the aggregate 
commitments under the FILO Facility on April 1 of each year, and the loans must be repaid in full (including interest and fees) 
on July 31 of each year. The Commitments under the FILO Facility will decrease from $100 million to $75 million on August 1, 
2018, from $75 million to $50 million on August 1, 2019 and from $50 million to $25 million on August 1, 2020. We will pay a 
commitment fee of 0.375% on the daily unused portion of the FILO Facility. 

The  Credit  Agreement  contains  customary  negative  covenants,  which  limit  the  Company’s  ability  to  incur  additional 
indebtedness, create liens, make investments, make restricted payments or specified payments and merge or acquire assets, among 
other things. In addition, if excess availability under the BNED Credit Facility were to fall below certain specified levels, certain 
additional covenants (including fixed charge coverage ratio requirements) would be triggered, and the lenders would have the 
right to assume dominion and control over the Loan Parties’ cash.

The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, material breaches of representations 
and warranties, covenant defaults, default on other material indebtedness, customary ERISA events of default, bankruptcy and 
insolvency, material judgments, invalidity of liens on collateral, change of control or cessation of business. The Credit Agreement 
also  contains  customary  affirmative  covenants  and  representations  and  warranties. We  are  in  compliance  with  all  covenants, 
representations and warranties under the Credit Agreement as of April 28, 2018.

We believe that our future cash from operations, access to borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility, FILO Facility and 
short-term vendor financing will provide adequate resources to fund our operating and financing needs for the foreseeable future.  
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the economy and the outlook for and 
pace of sustainable growth in our markets, the levels at which we maintain inventory, the number and timing of new store openings, 
and any potential acquisitions of other brands or companies including digital properties. To the extent that available funds are 
insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financing of debt or 
equity. Our access to, and the availability of, financing in the future will be impacted by many factors, including the liquidity of 
the overall capital markets and the current state of the economy. There can be no assurances that we will have access to capital 
markets on acceptable terms. 

Income Tax Implications on Liquidity 

As of April 28, 2018, other long-term liabilities includes $40.4 million related to the long-term tax payable associated with 
the LIFO reserve. The LIFO reserve is impacted by changes in the consumer price index ("CPI") and is dependent on the inventory 
levels at the end of our tax year (on or about January 31st) which is in the middle of our second largest selling cycle.  At the end 
of  the  most  recent  tax  year,  inventory  levels  within  our  BNC  segment  declined  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  resulting  in 
approximately $13.4 million of the LIFO reserve becoming currently payable. Given recent trends relating to the pricing and rental 
of textbooks, management believes that an additional portion of the remaining long-term tax payable associated with the LIFO 
reserve could be payable within the next twelve months. We are unable to predict future trends for CPI and inventory levels, 
therefore it is difficult to project with reasonable certainty how much of this liability will become payable within the next twelve 
months.

56

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of April 28, 2018 (in millions):

Payments Due by Period
1-3
Years

Less Than
1 Year

3-5
Years

More Than
5 Years

Total

Credit Facility (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILO Facility (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
School management contract and other lease 
obligations (b). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase obligations (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the 

balance sheet under GAAP (d) (e) . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

$

96.4

$

96.4

$

— $

250.0

806.4

7.3

—

100.0

140.0

5.2

—

150.0

255.2

2.0

—

1,160.1

$

341.6

$

407.2

$

218.6

$

— $

—

218.5

0.1

—

—

—

192.7

—

—
192.7  

(a)  As of April 28, 2018, we had a total of $196.4 million of outstanding borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility and FILO 
Facility. Excludes interest which is generally at a base rate of LIBOR, plus a variable rate. See Financing Arrangements 
discussion above for information about future borrowings and payments under the BNED FILO Credit Facility.

(b)  Our contracts with colleges and universities are typically five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, 
and are typically cancelable by either party without penalty with 90 to120 days' notice. Annual projections are based on current 
minimum guarantee amounts. In approximately 69% of our contracts with colleges and universities that include minimum 
guarantees, the minimum guaranteed amounts adjust annually to equal less than the prior year's commission earned. Excludes 
obligations under store leases for property insurance and real estate taxes, which totaled approximately 2.1% of the minimum 
rent payments under those leases.

(c)  Includes information technology contracts.
(d)  Other long-term liabilities excludes $40.4 million of tax liabilities related to the long-term tax payable associated with the 
LIFO reserve and $0.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits, for which we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the 
amount and period of payment. The LIFO reserve is impacted by changes in the consumer price index ("CPI") and is dependent 
on the inventory levels at the end of our tax year (on or about January 31st) which is in the middle of our second largest selling 
cycle.  At the end of the most recent tax year, inventory levels within our BNC segment declined as compared to the prior 
year resulting in approximately $13.4 million of the LIFO reserve becoming currently payable. Given recent trends relating 
to the pricing and rental of textbooks, management believes that an additional portion of the remaining long-term tax payable 
associated with the LIFO reserve could be payable within the next twelve months. We are unable to predict future trends for 
CPI and inventory levels, therefore it is difficult to project with reasonable certainty how much of this liability will become 
payable within the next twelve months. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary 
of Significant Policies and Note 14. Income Taxes.  

(e)  Other long-term liabilities excludes expected payments related to employee benefit plans. See Item 8. Financial Statements 

and Supplementary Data — Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of April 28, 2018, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions and Note 

11. Related Party Transactions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to use judgment in making 
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes. In preparing 
these financial statements, management has made its best estimates and judgments with respect to certain amounts included in the 
financial statements, giving due consideration to materiality. We do not believe there is a great likelihood that materially different 
amounts would be reported related to the accounting policies described below. However, application of these accounting policies 
involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from 
these estimates.

57

 
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenue from sales of our products at physical locations is recognized at the time of sale. Revenue from sales of products 
ordered through our websites and virtual bookstores is recognized upon receipt of our products by our customers. Revenue from 
the sale of physical textbooks from our wholesale is recognized at the time of shipment. Additional revenue is recognized for 
shipping charges billed to customers. 

We rent both physical and digital textbooks. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over 
the rental period commencing at the start of the rental period. We offer a buyout option to allow the purchase of a rented physical 
textbook at the end of the rental period. We record the buyout purchase when the customer exercises and pays the buyout option 
price. In these instances, we would accelerate any remaining deferred rental revenue at the point of sale.

Revenue from the rental of digital textbooks is recognized at the time of sale. A software feature is embedded within the 
content of our digital textbooks, such that upon expiration of the rental term the customer is no longer able to access the content. 
While the digital rental allows the customer to access digital content for a fixed period of time, once the digital content is delivered 
to the customer, our performance obligation is complete. We primarily record digital textbook rental sales on a net basis in accordance 
with ASC 605-45-45, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.

Other revenue includes revenue from direct-to-student subscription-based writing services. Subscription revenue is deferred 

and recognized over the service period. The majority of subscriptions sold are one month in duration.

Sales taxes collected from our customers are excluded from reported revenues. All of our sales are recognized as revenue on 
a “net” basis, including sales in connection with any periodic promotions offered to customers. We do not treat any promotional 
offers as expenses.

Merchandise Inventories 

Merchandise inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market value of our 
inventory, which is all purchased finished goods, is determined based on its estimated net realizable value, which is generally the 
selling price less normally predictable costs of disposal and transportation. Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on 
our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory.

Cost is determined primarily by the retail inventory method for our BNC segment and last-in first out, or “LIFO”, method for 
our MBS segment. Our textbook inventories, for BNC and MBS, and trade book inventories are valued using the LIFO method 
and the related reserve was not material to the recorded amount of our inventories. There were no LIFO adjustments in Fiscal 
2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016. 

Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory. We do not believe 
there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate the 
non-returnable  inventory  reserve.  However,  if  assumptions  based  on  our  history  of  liquidating  non-returnable  inventory  are 
incorrect, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in actual non-returnable inventory would 
have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $5.5 million in Fiscal 2018. 

For our BNC segment, we also estimate and accrue shortage for the period between the last physical count of inventory and 
the  balance  sheet  date.  Shortage  rates  are  estimated  and  accrued  based  on  historical  rates  and  can  be  affected  by  changes  in 
merchandise mix and changes in actual shortage trends. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a 
material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate shortage rates. However, if our estimates regarding shortage 
rates are incorrect, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10 basis point change in actual shortage rates 
would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $0.7 million in Fiscal 2018. 

Textbook Rental Inventories 

Physical textbooks out on rent are categorized as textbook rental inventories. At the time a rental transaction is consummated, 
the book is removed from merchandise inventories and moved to textbook rental inventories at cost. The cost of the book is 
amortized down to its estimated residual value over the rental period. The related amortization expense is included in cost of goods 
sold. At the end of the rental period, upon return, the book is removed from textbook rental inventories and recorded in merchandise 
inventories at its amortized cost. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future 
estimates or assumptions used to calculate rental cost of goods sold. However, if our estimates regarding residual value are incorrect, 
we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 1% change in rental cost of goods sold would have affected pre-
tax earnings by approximately $0.7 million in Fiscal 2018. 

Purchase Accounting 

We assign values to identified tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair 
values at the dates of acquisition, with any residual amounts recorded as goodwill. The fair value estimates used reflect our best 
estimates for the highest and best use by market participants. These estimates are subject to uncertainties and contingencies. For 
58

example, we used the discounted cash flow method to estimate the value of many of our assets, which entailed developing projections 
of future cash flows. If the cash flows from the acquired net assets differ significantly from our estimates, the amounts recorded 
could be subject to impairments. Furthermore, to the extent we change our initial estimates of the remaining useful life of the 
assets or liabilities, future depreciation and amortization expense could be impacted.

Stock-Based Compensation

The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, 
but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. See Part II - Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation for a further discussion of our stock-based incentive 
plan. We are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate, and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If their 
actual forfeiture rate is materially different from their estimate, our stock-based compensation expense could be significantly 
different from what we recorded in the current period. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material 
change  in  the  future  estimates  or  assumptions  used  to  determine  stock-based  compensation  expense.  If  actual  results  are  not 
consistent with the assumptions used, the stock-based compensation expense reported in our financial statements may not be 
representative of the actual economic cost of the stock-based compensation. A 10% change in our stock-based compensation 
expense would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $0.8 million in Fiscal 2018.

Evaluation of Other Long-Lived Assets Impairment

Our other long-lived assets include property and equipment and amortizable intangibles. As of April 28, 2018, we had $111.3 
million and $219.1 million of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, net of depreciation and amortization, 
respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet. 

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable and consider market participants in accordance with ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment 
or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. During the third quarter of Fiscal 2018, in conjunction with the goodwill impairment test noted 
below, we evaluated certain of our long-lived assets for impairment.

We evaluated long-lived assets for impairment at the lowest asset group level at which individual cash flows can be identified. 
When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compared the carrying amount of the asset group to the 
estimated future undiscounted cash flows. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the assets to the 
school contract combined store level’s fair value based on its estimated discounted future cash flows. If required, an impairment 
loss is recorded for that portion of the asset’s carrying value in excess of fair value. Based on the results of the tests, an impairment 
loss calculation was not required as the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of the asset group exceeded the carrying amount 
of the asset group.  

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used 
to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with estimates and assumptions used 
in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material. A 10% decrease in our 
estimated discounted cash flows would not have materially affected the results of our operations in Fiscal 2018. 

Impairment losses related to school contracts are included in selling and administrative expenses totaled $0, $0.02 million, 

and $0.06 million during Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, respectively. 

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $12.0 million.  For additional information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data — Note 9. Supplementary Information.

Evaluation of Goodwill Impairment

In the second quarter of Fiscal 2018, we adopted Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill 
and Other (Topic 350) to simplify the test for goodwill impairment. Under the revised guidance, an entity would recognize an 
impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value; however, the loss 
recognized would not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. 

We completed our annual goodwill impairment test with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, as of the first day of 
the third quarter of Fiscal 2018. We completed the impairment evaluation process to compare the fair value of our reporting units 
to their respective carrying values. The fair value of the MBS reporting unit exceeded its carrying value; therefore, no goodwill 
impairment was recognized for the MBS segment. The carrying value of the BNC reporting unit, as defined prior to the segment 
changes in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2018, exceeded its fair value and we recorded a goodwill impairment (non-cash impairment 
loss) of $313.1 million. As of April 28, 2018, we had $49.3 million, $0 and $0 of goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet 
remaining related to our MBS, DSS and BNC reporting units, respectively.

59

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including: the identification of reporting units; assignment of 
assets and liabilities to reporting units; assignment of goodwill to reporting units; and the determination of the fair value of each 
reporting unit. In performing the valuation, we used cash flows that reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates that 
included risk adjustments consistent with the current market conditions. 

We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from the income approach and the 
market approach. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit based on the present value of 
estimated future cash flows. Inherent in our preparation of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a 
review of our operating results, business plans, expected growth rates, cost of capital and tax rates. We also make certain forecasts 
about future economic conditions, interest rates, market data, and other observable trends, such as comparable store sales trends, 
recent changes in publisher relationships, and development of innovative digital products and services in the rapidly changing 
education landscape. The discount rate used is based on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated 
with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the business’s ability to execute on the projected cash flows. 
Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on market multiples of cash flows and earnings derived from comparable 
publicly-traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit and considering a reasonable 
control premium. 

Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside the control of management, and these assumptions and estimates 
may change in future periods. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the estimate of the fair value, and 
therefore could affect the likelihood and amount of potential impairment. The following assumptions are significant to our evaluation 
process:

Business Projections- We make assumptions about the level of revenues, gross profit, operating expenses, as well as capital 
expenditures and net working capital requirements. These assumptions drive our planning assumptions and represent key inputs 
for  developing  our  cash  flow  projections. These  projections  are  developed  using  our  internal  business  plans  over  a  five-year 
planning period that are updated at least annually; 

Long-term Growth Rates- We also utilize an assumed long-term growth rate representing the expected rate at which our cash 
flow stream is projected to grow. These rates are used to calculate the terminal value and are added to the cash flows projected 
during our five-year planning period; and 

Discount Rates- The estimated future cash flows are then discounted at a rate that is consistent with a weighted-average cost 
of capital that is likely to be expected by market participants. The weighted-average cost of capital is an estimate of the overall 
after-tax rate of return required by equity and debt holders of a business enterprise. 

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax balances reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
and their tax basis and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. FASB 
guidance on accounting for income taxes requires that deferred tax assets be evaluated for future realization and reduced by a 
valuation allowance to the extent we believe a portion will not be realized. We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood 
of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including our recent earnings experience and expectations of future taxable income 
by taxing jurisdiction, the carryforward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes and other relevant factors. The actual 
realization of deferred tax assets may differ significantly from the amounts we have recorded.

During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination 
is uncertain. Accounting for income taxes requires a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The 
first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that 
the tax position will be fully sustained upon review by taxing authorities, including resolution of related appeals or litigation 
processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount with a greater than 50 percent likelihood of 
being realized upon ultimate settlement. For tax positions that are 50 percent or less likely of being sustained upon audit, we do 
not recognize any portion of that benefit in the financial statements. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating 
our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. 
Our actual results could differ materially from our current estimates.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017, had a substantial impact on our income tax benefit for the 
fiscal year ended April 28, 2018. We have made a reasonable estimate of the effects on existing deferred tax balances and the one-
time transition tax in accordance with SAB 118, “Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.”  We expect 
to meaningfully benefit from its enactment in future periods. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 14. 
Income Taxes to the consolidated financial statements for further detail.

60

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements for information 

related to new accounting pronouncements.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We limit our interest rate risk by investing certain of our excess cash balances in short-term, highly-liquid instruments with 
an original maturity of one year or less. We do not expect any material losses from our invested cash balances and we believe that 
our interest rate exposure is modest. As of April 28, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $16.1 million. A 
25 basis point increase in interest rates or 25 basis point decrease in interest rates would not have materially affected interest 
income in Fiscal 2018. 

We may from time to time borrow money under the BNED Credit Facility and FILO Facility at various interest rate options 
based on LIBOR or alternate base rate (each term as defined therein) depending upon certain financial tests. Accordingly, we may 
be exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility and FILO Facility. We had $196.4 million borrowings 
under BNED Credit Facility and FILO Facility at April 28, 2018. A 25 basis point increase in interest rates or 25 basis point 
decrease in interest rates would affect interest expense by approximately less than $0.1 million in Fiscal 2018. 

Foreign Currency Risk

We do not have any material foreign currency exposure as nearly all of our business is transacted in United States currency.

61

Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

FINANCIAL STATEMENT INDEX

Page No.

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on the 

consolidated financial statements of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the years ended 
April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017, and April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017, and 

April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 28, 2018 and  April 29, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 28, 2018,  April 29, 2017, and 
April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017 and 

April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 4. Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Segment Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 5.
Equity and Earnings Per Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 6.
Note 7.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 8. Credit Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 9.
Supplementary Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 11. Related Party Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 12. Employees Benefit Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 14.
Note 15. Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Note 17. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

63

64

65

66

67

68
69
74
74
77
79
81
81
82
84
85
86
86
88
91
91
92

93

62

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (the 
Company) as of April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, equity and cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended April 28, 2018 and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index 
at Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017, and 
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 28, 2018, in conformity with 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 28, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013 
framework) and our report dated June 20, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, 
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a 
test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

Iselin, New Jersey
June 20, 2018 

63

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share data)

52 weeks
ended

52 weeks
ended

52 weeks
ended

April 28, 2018

April 29, 2017

April 30, 2016

Sales:

Product sales and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,984,472

$

1,641,881

$

1,581,104

Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

219,145

232,481

226,925

Total sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,203,617

1,874,362

1,808,029

Cost of sales:

Product and other cost of sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,522,687

1,281,043

1,224,927

Rental cost of sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

123,697

134,258

128,403

Total cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,646,384

1,415,301

1,353,330

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restructuring and other charges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transaction costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest expense, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income tax (benefit) expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

557,233

433,746

65,586

313,130

5,429

2,045
(262,703)
10,306
(273,009)
(20,443)
(252,566) $

459,061

380,793

53,318

—

1,790

9,605

13,555

3,464

10,091

4,730

5,361

$

Earnings (Loss) per share of Common Stock:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$

(5.40) $
(5.40) $

0.12

0.11

$

$

Weighted average shares of Common Stock outstanding:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,763

46,763

46,317

46,763

454,699

374,171

52,690

11,987

8,830

2,398

4,623

1,872

2,751

2,667

84

—

—

46,238

46,479

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

64

 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share data) 

As of

April 28, 2018 April 29, 2017

Current assets:

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

16,126

$

Receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Merchandise inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textbook rental inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other noncurrent assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100,060

446,169

47,779

9,237

619,371

111,287

219,129

49,282
40,142

19,003

86,040

434,064

52,826

10,698

602,631

116,613

209,885

329,467
41,236

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,039,211

$

1,299,832

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Long-term deferred taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Long-term borrowings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:

Parent company investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized, 5,000 shares; issued and outstanding,

none. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized, 200,000 shares; issued, 50,032 and 49,372
shares, respectively; outstanding, 46,917 and 46,517 shares, respectively . . . . . . . . . .

Additional paid-in capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(Accumulated deficit) Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Treasury stock, at cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

187,909

$

125,556

100,000

413,465

2,106

59,277

96,400

571,248

—

—

501

717,323
(220,203)
(29,658)
467,963

192,742

120,478

100,000

413,220

16,871

96,433

59,600

586,124

—

—

494

708,871

32,363
(28,020)
713,708

1,039,211

$

1,299,832

65

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands) 

52 weeks
ended

52 weeks
ended

52 weeks
ended

April 28, 2018 April 29, 2017 April 30, 2016

(252,566) $

5,361

$

84

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash flows from operating
activities:

Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amortization of deferred financing costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impairment loss (non-cash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in other long-term liabilities and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash flows provided by operating activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Acquisition of business, net of cash and restricted cash acquired . . . . . . .

Changes in other noncurrent assets and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash flows used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net changes in Barnes & Noble, Inc. Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from borrowings under Credit Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Repayments of borrowings under Credit Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Payment of deferred financing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Purchase of treasury shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities . . . . . . . .

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net:

65,586

1,502

313,130
(14,765)
8,459
(36,823)
(24,481)
60,042

(42,809)
(58,259)
1,036
(100,032)

—

674,500
(637,700)
—
(1,638)
35,162
(4,828)
21,697
16,869

$

53,318

792

—
(11,961)
9,366

14,235
(3,125)
67,986

(34,670)
(186,720)
(3,048)
(224,438)

—

312,700
(153,100)
(2,912)
(9,405)
147,283
(9,169)
30,866
21,697

$

Receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Merchandise inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textbook rental inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(13,670) $
(12,105)
5,047
(38)
(3,715)
(24,481) $

(6,407) $
6,197
(4,150)
(2,093)
3,328
(3,125) $

52,690

488

11,987
(11,868)
6,670

5,892

17,140

83,083

(50,790)
(17,843)
(111)
(68,744)

(6,423)
60,600
(60,600)
(3,251)
(18,615)
(28,289)
(13,950)
44,816
30,866

25,732
(15,323)
(210)
(2,206)
9,147

17,140

Supplemental cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest paid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes paid (net of refunds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

8,035

25,549

$

$

2,082

1,473

$

$

1,145

13,934

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

66

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(In thousands)

Balance at April 30, 2016. . . .
Stock-based compensation
expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested equity awards . . . . . . .
Common stock repurchased. .

Shares repurchased for tax
withholdings for vested
stock awards. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 29, 2017. . . .
Stock-based compensation
expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested equity awards . . . . . . .

Shares repurchased for tax
withholdings for vested
stock awards. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 28, 2018. . . .

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Treasury Stock

Shares

Amount

Total
Equity

48,645 $

486

$

699,513

$

27,002

1,890 $

(18,615) $

708,386

727

8

9,366
(8)

49,372 $

494

$

708,871

$

660

7

8,459
(7)

689

(6,718)

276

(2,687)

5,361
32,363

2,855 $

(28,020) $

50,032 $

501

$

717,323

$

(252,566)
(220,203)

260

(1,638)

3,115 $

(29,658) $

9,366
—
(6,718)

(2,687)
5,361
713,708

8,459
—

(1,638)
(252,566)
467,963

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in these Notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements to 
“we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & 
Noble College” refer to our college bookstore business operated through our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, 
LLC. References to “MBS” refer to our virtual bookstore and wholesale textbook distribution business operated through our 
subsidiary MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC, a Delaware corporation. References to “Student Brands” refer to our direct-to-student 
subscription-based writing services business operated through our subsidiary Student Brands, LLC.

Note 1. Organization

Description of Business 

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (“BNED”) is one of the largest contract operators of physical and virtual bookstores for 
college and university campuses and K-12 institutions across the United States, one of the largest textbook wholesalers and inventory 
management hardware and software providers, and a leading provider of digital education services. Through our Barnes & Noble 
College (“BNC”) and MBS Textbook Exchange (“MBS”) subsidiaries, we operate 1,444 physical and virtual bookstores and serve 
more than 6 million students, delivering essential educational content and tools within a dynamic retail environment. Additionally, 
through our Student Brands subsidiary and associated websites, a leading direct-to-student subscription-based writing services 
business, we offer services to approximately 100,000 subscribers, by offering student assistance through the writing process and 
journey.

The strengths of our business, as discussed below, includes our ability to compete by developing new products and solutions 
to meet market needs, our large footprint with direct access to students and faculty, our well-established, deep relationships with 
partners and stable, long-term contracts and our well-recognized brands. We expect to continue to grow our business by introducing 
scalable and advanced digital solutions focused largely on the student, increasing market share with new accounts, and expanding 
our strategic opportunities through acquisitions and partnerships. 

As demand for new, enhanced, and more affordable products and services increase in the rapidly changing education landscape, 
we strive to evolve our business model and enhance our solutions. We continue to aggressively innovate and collaborate with our 
partners to provide solutions that extend well beyond course materials sourcing and sales, to include new digital services that 
support successful student outcomes. We aim to be an even stronger partner for schools and meet customer needs by expanding 
our physical and virtual bookstore service capabilities, courseware offerings and digital platform services.  

Technology-enabled learning is a rapid growth area in the higher education industry, as a growing number of students are 
enrolling in online services to complement print and digital course materials and classroom activities. We continue to enhance our 
digital  content  and  services  in  an  efficient,  low-cost/high-value  manner  to  complement  our  course  materials  business.  The 
implementation of our core digital strategy relies on our direct access to students from our bookstore operations, where we can 
attach our existing and future suite of digital products and services both online and in our stores.  

We are ready to meet the digital demand with our virtual bookstore and e-commerce solutions. We focus on providing affordable 
solutions, such as our First Day™ inclusive access program, in which course materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced 
price  through  a  course  materials  fee,  and  delivered  to  students  digitally  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  class. Additionally,  our 
LoudCloud Courseware™, is a turnkey solution for colleges and universities that offers advanced, affordable learning materials 
built on a high-quality foundation of OER and enhanced with digital content that includes videos, activities and auto-graded practice 
assessments that faculty can easily customize to align with class objectives. LoudCloud Courseware™ significantly reduces course 
material costs for students and enables easier implementation for faculty. 

We offer our Student Brands solutions focused on providing students assistance through the writing process and journey. We 
offer these online solutions to students via internet search engine optimization ("SEO"), as well as by marketing directly to students 
in our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint. 

We  believe  that  our  strategic  actions  over  the  last  three  years,  including  the  acquisitions  of  LoudCloud  Systems,  Inc. 
("LoudCloud"), MBS and Student Brands, respectively, and ongoing development of courseware, have substantially enhanced our 
competitive position. Fiscal 2018 was a transformational period in which we began to leverage our newly-expanded customer base 
and distribution channels to broaden our reach to students and deepen our institutional partnerships. We continue to focus on 
providing product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, including affordable and 
accessible course materials and products designed to drive and improve student outcomes. 

68

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Effective  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  year  2018,  we  have  three  reportable  segments:  BNC,  MBS,  and  Digital  Student 
Solutions ("DSS"), as described below. Prior to the fourth quarter of Fiscal year 2018, BNC and MBS were previously our only 
reportable segments. For additional information related to our strategies, operations and segments, see Part I - Item 1. Business 
and Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1. Segment Reporting.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  our  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  in 
conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  (“GAAP”).  In  the  opinion  of  the  Company’s 
management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company contain all adjustments (consisting of only 
normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly its consolidated financial position and the results of its operations and 
cash flows for the periods reported. 

Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. The fiscal year periods 
for each of the last three fiscal years consisted of the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 ("Fiscal 2018"), 52 weeks ended April 29, 
2017 ("Fiscal 2017"), and 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 ("Fiscal 2016").

 For our retail operations (BNC and MBS Direct), sales are generally highest in the second and third fiscal quarters, when 
students generally purchase and rent textbooks, and lowest in the first and fourth fiscal quarters. Sales attributable to our MBS 
Wholesale business are generally highest in our first, second and third quarter, as it sells textbooks for retail distribution. Student 
Brands' sale and operating profit are realized relatively consistently throughout the year. 

Our quarterly results also may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various school’s semesters, as well as shifts 

in fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may affect the comparability of our results across periods.

Consolidation

Fiscal 2018

For our Fiscal 2018 (52 weeks ended April 28, 2018), the results of operations for the entire 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 
reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis. On August 3, 2017, we acquired Student 
Brands ("Student Brands"). The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 include the financial 
results of Student Brands from the acquisition date, August 3, 2017, to April 28, 2018. Subsequent to the acquisition, the consolidated 
financial statements include the accounts of Student Brands and all material intercompany accounts and transactions have been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

Fiscal 2017

For our Fiscal 2017 (52 weeks ended April 29, 2017), the results of operations for the entire 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 
reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis. On February 27, 2017, we acquired MBS. 
The  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  52  weeks  ended April  29,  2017  include  the  financial  results  of  MBS  from  the 
acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017. Subsequent to the acquisition, the consolidated financial statements include 
the accounts of MBS and all material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Fiscal 2016

On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation ("Spin-Off") from Barnes & Noble, Inc., at which time we began to 
operate as an independent publicly-traded company. For the results of operations for the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015 (first 
quarter of Fiscal 2016), our consolidated financial statements are presented on a stand-alone basis since we were still part of Barnes 
&  Noble,  Inc.  Our  consolidated  financial  statements  were  derived  from  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accounting 
records of Barnes & Noble, Inc. Subsequent to the Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. on August 2, 2015, the results of operations 
are presented on a consolidated basis for the 39 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (i.e. second, third and fourth quarter of Fiscal 2016) 
which includes direct costs incurred with Barnes & Noble, Inc. under various agreements. For additional information, see Part II 
- Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions.

69

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Use of Estimates

In preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those 
estimates.

Reclassifications

Effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we have three reportable segments: BNC, MBS, and DSS, as described in 
Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1. Segment Reporting. Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 
year 2018, BNC and MBS were previously our only reportable segments. 

Our consolidated financial statements reflect the following reclassifications for consistency with the current year presentation: 
1) Cost of Sales expenses primarily related to facility costs and insurance related to corporate services have been reclassified to 
Selling and Administrative Expenses; and 2) For our digital rental products, we have reclassified Rental Income to Product Sales 
and Other, and have reclassified Rental Cost of Sales to Product and Other Cost of Sales, with no impact to Gross Margin. Digital 
rental revenue and digital rental cost of sales are recognized at the time of delivery and are not deferred over the rental period. 

Prior periods presented reflect the segment presentation and reclassifications. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all short-term, highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash 

equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash of $742 is included in other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of April 28, 2018. Restricted 
cash of $1,996 and $698 is included in prepaid and other current assets and other noncurrent assets, respectively, in the consolidated 
balance sheet as of April 29, 2017. We generally do not control these accounts and these funds are amounts held for future scheduled 
distributions related to acquisitions. Such funds are invested principally in money market funds. 

Accounts Receivable

Receivables represent customer, private and public institutional and government billings (colleges, universities and other 
financial aid providers), credit/debit card receivables, advances for book buybacks, advertising and other receivables due within 
one year. Components of accounts receivables are as follows: 

As of

April 28, 2018

April 29, 2017

Trade accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advances for book buybacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credit/debit card receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

67,634
9,554
3,824
19,048
100,060

$

$

58,460
12,779
3,737
11,064
86,040

Accounts receivable are presented on our consolidated balance sheets net of allowances. An allowance for doubtful accounts 
is determined through an analysis of the aging of accounts receivable and assessments of collectability based on historical trends, 
the financial condition of our customers and an evaluation of economic conditions. We write-off uncollectible trade receivables 
once collection efforts have been exhausted and record bad debt expenses related to textbook rentals that are not returned and we 
are unable to successfully charge the customer. Allowance for doubtful accounts were $2,083, and $2,259 for Fiscal 2018 and 
Fiscal 2017, respectively.

Merchandise Inventories 

Merchandise inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market value of our 
inventory, which is all purchased finished goods, is determined based on its estimated net realizable value, which is generally the 
selling price less normally predictable costs of disposal and transportation. Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on 
our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory.

70

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Cost is determined primarily by the retail inventory method for our BNC segment and last-in first out, or “LIFO”, method for 
our MBS segment. Our textbook inventories, for BNC and MBS, and trade book inventories are valued using the LIFO method 
and the related reserve was not material to the recorded amount of our inventories. There were no LIFO adjustments in Fiscal 
2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016.   

For the BNC segment, we also estimate and accrue shortage for the period between the last physical count of inventory and 
the  balance  sheet  date.  Shortage  rates  are  estimated  and  accrued  based  on  historical  rates  and  can  be  affected  by  changes  in 
merchandise mix and changes in actual shortage trends.

The products that we sell originate from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. BNC's four largest suppliers, 
excluding MBS, accounted for approximately 40.5% of our merchandise purchased during the twelve month period ended April 
28, 2018.  For MBS, the four largest suppliers, excluding BNC, accounted for approximately 39.9% of merchandise purchases 
during the twelve month period ended April 28, 2018.  

Textbook Rental Inventories 

Physical textbooks out on rent are categorized as textbook rental inventories. At the time a rental transaction is consummated, 
the book is removed from merchandise inventories and moved to textbook rental inventories at cost. The cost of the book is 
amortized down to its estimated residual value over the rental period. The related amortization expense is included in cost of goods 
sold. At the end of the rental period, upon return, the book is removed from textbook rental inventories and recorded in merchandise 
inventories at its amortized cost.

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line 
method over estimated useful lives.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, however major maintenance and remodeling 
costs are capitalized if they extend the useful life of the asset. We had $46,531, $41,224, and$42,213 of depreciation expense for 
Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, respectively. Components of property and equipment are as follows:

Useful Life

April 28, 2018 April 29, 2017

As of

Property and equipment:

Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Machinery, equipment and display fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Computer hardware and capitalized software costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Office furniture and other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Construction in progress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(a)

3 - 5

(b)

2 - 7

Total property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

148,413

$

237,823

123,575

54,991

6,546

571,348
460,061

Total property and equipment, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

111,287

$

144,260

235,153

100,749

52,339

18,551

551,052
434,439

116,613

(a)   Leasehold improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of lease term or the useful life of the improvements, 

ranging from one to 15 years.

(b)   System costs are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful lives, from the date the systems become operational. 

Purchased software is generally amortized over a period of between 2 - 5 years.

Other Long-Lived Assets

Our other long-lived assets include property and equipment and amortizable intangibles. We had $219,129 and $209,885 of 
amortizable  intangible  assets,  net  of  amortization,  as  of April 28,  2018  and April 29,  2017,  respectively.  These  amortizable 
intangible assets relate primarily to our customer and bookstore relationships with our colleges and university clients, and technology 
acquired.  For additional information related to amortizable intangibles, see Note 9. Supplementary Information - Intangible Assets. 

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable and consider market participants in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 
360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. During the third quarter of Fiscal 2018, in conjunction 
with the annual goodwill impairment test noted below, we evaluated certain of our long-lived assets for impairment.

71

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

We evaluated long-lived assets for impairment at the lowest asset group level at which individual cash flows can be identified. 
When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compared the carrying amount of the asset group to the 
estimated future undiscounted cash flows. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the assets to the 
school contract combined store level’s fair value based on its estimated discounted future cash flows. If required, an impairment 
loss is recorded for that portion of the asset’s carrying value in excess of fair value. Based on the results of the tests, an impairment 
loss calculation was not required as the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of the asset group exceeded the carrying amount 
of the asset group.  Impairment losses related to school contracts included in selling and administrative expenses totaled $0, $23, 
and $59 during Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, respectively.

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $11,987.  For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data - Note 9. Supplementary Information - Impairment Loss (non-cash) and Restructuring and Other Charges.

Goodwill

The costs in excess of net assets of businesses acquired are carried as goodwill in the accompanying consolidated balance 
sheets. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2018, we adopted Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill 
and Other (Topic 350) to simplify the test for goodwill impairment. Under the revised guidance, an entity would recognize an 
impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value; however, the loss 
recognized would not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. 

We completed our annual goodwill impairment test with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, as of the first day of 
the third quarter of Fiscal 2018. We completed the impairment evaluation process to compare the fair value of our reporting units 
to their respective carrying values. 

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including: the identification of reporting units; assignment of 
assets and liabilities to reporting units; assignment of goodwill to reporting units; and the determination of the fair value of each 
reporting unit. In performing the valuation, we used cash flows that reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates that 
included risk adjustments consistent with the current market conditions. 

We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from the income approach and the 
market approach. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit based on the present value of 
estimated future cash flows. Inherent in our preparation of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a 
review of our operating results, business plans, expected growth rates, cost of capital and tax rates. We also make certain forecasts 
about future economic conditions, interest rates, market data, and other observable trends, such as comparable store sales trends, 
recent changes in publisher relationships, and development of innovative digital products and services in the rapidly changing 
education landscape. The discount rate used is based on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated 
with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the business’s ability to execute on the projected cash flows. 
Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on market multiples of cash flows and earnings derived from comparable 
publicly-traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit and considering a reasonable 
control premium. 

The fair value of the MBS reporting unit exceeded its carrying value; therefore, no goodwill impairment was recognized for 
the MBS reporting unit. The carrying value of the BNC reporting unit, as defined prior to our segment reporting changes in the 
fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  2018,  exceeded  its  fair  value  and  we  recorded  a  goodwill  impairment  (non-cash  impairment  loss)  of 
$313,130, representing the full goodwill within the BNC reporting unit. As of April 28, 2018, we had $49,282, $0 and $0 of 
goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet remaining related to our MBS, BNC, and DSS reporting units, respectively. As of 
April 29, 2017, we had $48,118 and $281,349 of goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet remaining related to our MBS and 
BNC reporting units, respectively. 

For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 9. Supplementary 
Information - Goodwill.  Refer to Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
- Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates for a discussion of key assumptions used in our testing.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenue from sales of our products at physical locations is recognized at the time of sale. Revenue from sales of products 
ordered through our websites and virtual bookstores is recognized upon receipt of our products by our customers. Revenue from 
the sale of physical textbooks from our wholesale is recognized at the time of shipment. Additional revenue is recognized for 
shipping charges billed to customers. 

72

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

We rent both physical and digital textbooks. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over 
the rental period commencing at the start of the rental period. We offer a buyout option to allow the purchase of a rented physical 
textbook at the end of the rental period. We record the buyout purchase when the customer exercises and pays the buyout option 
price. In these instances, we would accelerate any remaining deferred rental revenue at the point of sale.

Revenue from the rental of digital textbooks is recognized at the time of sale. A software feature is embedded within the 
content of our digital textbooks, such that upon expiration of the rental term the customer is no longer able to access the content. 
While the digital rental allows the customer to access digital content for a fixed period of time, once the digital content is delivered 
to the customer, our performance obligation is complete. We primarily record digital textbook rental sales on a net basis in accordance 
with ASC 605-45-45, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.

Other revenue includes revenue from direct-to-student subscription-based writing services. Subscription revenue is deferred 

and recognized over the service period. The majority of subscriptions sold are one month in duration.

Sales taxes collected from our customers are excluded from reported revenues. All of our sales are recognized as revenue on 
a “net” basis, including sales in connection with any periodic promotions offered to customers. We do not treat any promotional 
offers as expenses.

Cost of Sales

Our cost of sales primarily include costs such as merchandise costs, textbook rental amortization, warehouse costs related to 
inventory management and order fulfillment, insurance, certain payroll costs, and management service agreement costs, including 
rent expense, related to our college and university contracts and other facility related expenses.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Our  selling  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  store  payroll  and  store  operating  expenses.  Selling  and 
administrative expenses also include stock-based compensation and general office expenses, such as merchandising, field support, 
finance, employee relations, benefits, training, and information technology for store operations, as well as operating costs related 
to our subscription-based services. 

Stock-Based Compensation

During the second quarter of Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2018, we granted awards in accordance with the Barnes & Noble Education 
Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the "Equity Incentive Plan").  Types of equity awards that can be granted under the Equity Incentive 
Plan include options, restricted stock ("RS"), restricted stock units ("RSU"), performance shares ("PS") and performance share 
units ("PSU"). We have not granted options under the Equity Incentive Plan.  See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data - Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation for a further discussion of our stock-based incentive plan.

We recognize compensation expense for awards ratably over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally three 
years. We recognize compensation expense based on the number of awards expected to vest using an estimated average forfeiture 
rate. We calculate the fair value of stock-based awards based on the closing price on the date the award was granted. 

Advertising Costs

The costs of advertising are expensed as incurred during the year pursuant to ASC No. 720-35, Advertising Costs. Advertising 
costs charged to selling and administrative expenses were $10,635, $7,437, and $8,614 during Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 
2016, respectively.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because 
of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. We regularly 
review deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance, if determined to be necessary. For additional 
information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 14. Income Taxes.

As of April 28, 2018, other long-term liabilities includes $40,425 related to the long-term tax payable associated with the 
LIFO reserve. The LIFO reserve is impacted by changes in the consumer price index ("CPI") and is dependent on the inventory 
levels at the end of our tax year (on or about January 31st) which is in the middle of our second largest selling cycle.  At the end 
of  the  most  recent  tax  year,  inventory  levels  within  our  BNC  segment  declined  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  resulting  in 
approximately $13,369 of the LIFO reserve becoming currently payable. Given recent trends relating to the pricing and rental of 

73

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

textbooks, management believes that an additional portion of the remaining long-term tax payable associated with the LIFO reserve 
could be payable within the next twelve months. We are unable to predict future trends for CPI and inventory levels, therefore it 
is difficult to project with reasonable certainty how much of this liability will become payable within the next twelve months.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share represent net earnings to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common 
shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect, in periods in which they have a dilutive effect, the impact of 
our stock based compensation. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 6. Equity and Earnings 
Per Share for further information regarding the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share.

Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-01") to increase transparency and 
comparability by providing additional information to users of financial statements regarding an entity's leasing activities. The 
revised guidance seeks to achieve this objective by requiring reporting entities to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the 
balance sheet for substantially all lease arrangements. We are required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020 and 
early adoption is permitted. The guidance will be applied on a modified retrospective basis beginning with the earliest period 
presented. The Company has begun to identify and collect relevant data for its leases and is evaluating the changes needed to its 
processes and internal controls as a result of the new guidance. We are currently evaluating this standard to determine the impact 
of adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The standard 
provides companies with a single model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes 
current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the guidance is that an 
entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the 
consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. New disclosures about the nature, 
amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers are also required. In 2016, the 
FASB  issued  final  amendments  to  clarify  the  implementation  guidance  for  principal  versus  agent  considerations,  identifying 
performance obligations and the accounting for licenses of intellectual property.  In August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which effectively delayed the adoption date 
by one year. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of Fiscal 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The new 
standard is required to be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period (full retrospective method) or retrospectively with 
the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized as an adjustment to opening retained earnings at the date of 
initial adoption (modified retrospective method).

We have completed the process of analyzing the impacts of the guidance across all of our revenue streams. This includes 
reviewing current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the guidance. 
The majority of our revenue is generated from sales of finished products, which will continue to be recognized when control is 
transferred to the customer. Our assessment included an evaluation of the impact that the guidance will have on our accounting 
for marketing revenue and other income streams. We evaluated the guidance for our software license revenue, digital product 
offerings and subscription-based services. We do not have loyalty programs or gift cards.  We plan to adopt the standard using the 
modified retrospective method in the first quarter of Fiscal 2019. We believe the adoption of the guidance will not have a material 
impact on our consolidated financial statements, other than the additional disclosure requirements.

Note 4. Acquisitions 

Acquisitions

Student Brands, LLC

On August 3, 2017, we acquired 100% of the equity interests of Student Brands. Student Brands operates multiple direct-to-
student businesses focused on study tools and writing help, all centered on assisting students with the writing process. We completed 
the purchase for cash consideration of $61,997, including cash acquired of $4,626, and the transaction was funded from cash on-
hand and availability under our existing Credit Agreement. The Student Brands operations were included in the BNC segment 
until the segment change effective the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, and are now included in the DSS reporting segment. The 
final purchase price allocation was as follows: $28,300 intangible assets, $1,593 acquired working capital and $31,782 goodwill. 
This acquisition is not material to our consolidated financial statements and therefore, disclosure of pro forma financial information 
has not been presented. The results of operations reflect the period of ownership of the acquired business. 

74

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Identified intangible assets include the following:

Type of Intangible
Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Compete Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subscriber List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Intangibles: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

Amount

Estimated Useful Life
5
5
3
2

14,500
8,000
4,000
1,800
28,300

MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC

On February 27, 2017, we completed the purchase of all issued and outstanding units of MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC.  
MBS operates two highly integrated businesses. Refer to Note 1. Organization for additional information about MBS. We acquired 
100% of the equity interests of MBS for cash consideration of $187,862, including cash and restricted cash acquired of $1,171, 
and the acquisition was financed with cash from operations, as well as proceeds from our existing credit facility. During the third 
quarter of Fiscal 2018, we finalized the valuation and recorded adjustments to the acquired liabilities which resulted in an increase 
to goodwill of $1,163. These adjustments were related to a final reconciliation of the pre-acquisition tax liability due to the seller 
of $888 under the purchase agreement, as well as a net $275 increase in other long-term liabilities. The following is a summary 
of consideration paid for the acquisition:

Cash paid to Seller or escrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Consideration to Seller for pre-closing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash paid for Seller closing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contract purchase price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Consideration for payment to settle Seller's outstanding short-term borrowings . . . . . . .

Consideration for reimbursement of pre-acquisition tax liability to Seller . . . . . . . . . . .

Less: Consideration to Seller for pre-closing costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less: Consideration for settlement of pre-existing payable to Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total value of consideration transferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

The following is a summary of the fair values of the net assets acquired:

Total estimated consideration transferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Merchandise inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepaid and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other long-term liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net assets to be acquired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

75

165,499

4,657

4,044

174,200

24,437

15,556

(4,657)

(21,674)

187,862

187,862

472

28,177

128,431

12,403

21,576

4,748

195,807

35,383

8,799

13,045

57,227

138,580

49,282

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Identified intangible assets include the following:

Type of Intangible

Amount

Estimated Useful Life

Favorable Lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Trade Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Book Store Relationship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Direct Customer Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Non-Compete Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Intangibles:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,076

3,500

1,500

13,000

2,000

500

21,576

6.5

10

3

13

15

3

The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 include the financial results of MBS from the 
acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017, including sales of $34,091 and net loss of $(2,630). As the acquisition was 
material to our consolidated financial statements, the following represents the pro forma consolidated income statement as if MBS 
had been included in the consolidated results for the entire fiscal year for Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016:

Pro forma consolidated income statement

Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2,247,825

32,055

$

$

2,216,628

25,022

52 weeks ended

April 29, 2017

April 30, 2016

These amounts have been calculated after applying our accounting policies and adjusting the results of MBS to reflect the 
additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to property, plant and 
equipment and intangible assets had been applied on May 3, 2015, and includes the elimination of all significant intercompany 
accounts and transactions, together with the consequential tax effects. 

Promoversity

In June 2016, we completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Promoversity, a custom merchandise supplier 
and e-commerce storefront solution serving the collegiate bookstore business and its customers. The acquisition enables us to 
customize our e-commerce offerings and drive on-campus apparel sales. The acquisition purchase price was $1,417, including 
working capital, and was financed with cash from operations. The purchase price was allocated primarily as follows: $741 intangible 
assets (with a 5 year amortization period), $441 goodwill, $221 net current assets, and $500 future performance-based obligations. 
This acquisition is not material to our consolidated financial statements and therefore, disclosure of pro forma financial information 
has not been presented. The results of operations reflect the period of ownership of the acquired business.

LoudCloud Systems, Inc.

In March 2016, we completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of LoudCloud Systems, Inc. (“LoudCloud”). 
LoudCloud will be a foundational asset for our digital and learning services. LoudCloud is a sophisticated digital platform and 
analytics provider with a proven product and existing clients in higher education, the for-profit sector and K-12 markets. LoudCloud 
currently has product capabilities that include a competency based courseware platform, a learning analytics platform and services, 
an  eReading  product,  and  a  learning  management  system  ("LMS").  Its  software  captures  and  analyzes  key  behavioral  and 
performance metrics from students, allowing educators to monitor and improve student success. 

The acquisition of LoudCloud closed on March 4, 2016 for a purchase price of $17,843, including working capital, and was 
financed completely with cash from operations. The purchase price was allocated primarily as follows: $10,600 intellectual property, 
$1,300 other intangible assets, $1,003 deferred revenue and $6,838 goodwill. This acquisition is not material to our consolidated 
financial statements and therefore, disclosure of pro forma financial information has not been presented. The results of operations 
reflect the period of ownership of the acquired business.

76

 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 5. Segment Reporting

Prior to the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2018, we had two reportable segments: BNC and MBS. In connection with our focus on 
developing digital solutions, during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2018, the Company realigned its business into the following three
reportable segments: BNC, MBS and DSS. Additionally, unallocated shared-service costs, which include various corporate level 
expenses and other governance functions, are presented as “Corporate Services”.

We  identified  our  segments  in  accordance  with  the  way  our  business  is  managed  (focusing  on  the  financial  information 
distributed) and the manner in which our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses financial performance. 
The following summarizes the three segments, with additional information in each respective subsequent segment discussion.

BNC

The BNC Segment is comprised of the operations of BNC which operates 768 physical campus bookstores, the majority of 
which also have school-branded e-commerce sites operated by BNC and which offers students access to affordable course materials 
and affinity products, including emblematic apparel and gifts. BNC also offers its First Day™ inclusive access program, in which 
course materials, including e-content, are offered at a reduced price through a course materials fee, and delivered to students 
digitally on or before the first day of class. Additionally, the BNC segment offers a suite of digital content, software, and services 
to colleges and universities, through our LoudCloud platform, such as predictive analytics, a variety of open educational resources 
courseware, and a competency-based learning platform. For additional information about this segments operations, see Part I - 
Item 1. Business - BNC Segment.

MBS

The MBS Segment is comprised of MBS's two highly integrated businesses: MBS Direct which operates 676 virtual bookstores 
for college and university campuses, and K-12 schools, and MBS Wholesale which is one of the largest textbook wholesalers in 
the country. MBS Wholesale's business centrally sources and sells new and used textbooks to more than 3,500 physical college 
bookstores, including BNC’s 768 campus bookstores. MBS Wholesale sells hardware and a software suite of applications that 
provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 430 college bookstores. For additional information 
about this segments operations, see Part I - Item 1. Business Segment - MBS Segment.

DSS

The Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") segment includes direct-to-student product and service offerings to assist students to 
study more effectively and improve academic performance, thus enabling them to gain the valuable skills necessary to succeed 
after college. DSS is comprised of the operations of Student Brands, LLC, a leading direct-to-student subscription-based writing 
services business, with approximately 100,000 subscribers across its digital properties, as well as tutoring and test prep services 
offered through our partnership with The Princeton Review. We currently offer these online student services directly to students, 
and increasingly will be leveraging our BNC and MBS physical and virtual bookstore footprint to market directly to students 
where we serve as the campus bookstore. We continue to aggressively expand our ecosystem of products and services through our 
own internal development, as well as by partnering with other companies to provide a complete hub of products and services 
designed to improve student success and outcomes. For additional information about this segments operations, see Part I - Item 
1. Business Segment - Digital Student Solutions Segment.

Corporate Services

Corporate Services represent unallocated shared-service costs which include corporate level expenses and other governance 

functions, including executive functions, such as accounting, legal, treasury, information technology, and human resources. 

Eliminations

Subsequent to the acquisition of MBS on February 27, 2017, the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 
MBS and all material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The eliminations are primarily 
related to the following intercompany activities: 

•  The sales eliminations represent the elimination of MBS sales to BNC and the elimination of BNC commissions earned 

from MBS, and

•  The cost of sales eliminations represent (i) the recognition of intercompany profit for BNC inventory that was purchased 
from MBS in a prior period that was subsequently sold to external customers during the current period, net of (ii) the 
elimination of intercompany profit for MBS inventory purchases by BNC that remain in ending inventory at the end of the 
current period. 

77

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Summarized financial information for our reportable segments is reported below: 

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 28, 2018 (a)

April 29, 2017 (b)

April 30, 2016

Sales:

BNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Elimination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross Profit

BNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Elimination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Gross Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and Amortization

BNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Depreciation and Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating (Loss) Income

BNC (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Elimination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Operating (Loss) Income (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

The following is a reconciliation of segment Operating Income to
consolidated Income Before Income Taxes

Total Operating (Loss) Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest Expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total (Loss) Income Before Income Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,816,083

$

1,845,561

$

1,808,029

459,529

15,762

(87,757)

34,091

—

(5,290)

—

—

—

2,203,617

$

1,874,362

$

1,808,029

441,209

$

454,950

$

454,699

101,345

15,403

(724)

4,748

—

(637)

—

—

—

557,233

$

459,061

$

454,699

53,737

$

52,067

$

52,564

6,406

5,253

190

1,059

—

192

—

—

126

65,586

$

53,318

$

52,690

(279,375) $

53,674

$

45,042

44,920

226

(27,750)

(724)

(11,595)

—

(27,887)

(637)

(262,703) $

13,555

$

(262,703) $

(10,306)

(273,009) $

13,555

(3,464)

10,091

$

$

—

—

(40,419)

—

4,623

4,623

(1,872)

2,751

(a)  We acquired Student Brands, LLC on August 3, 2017. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 

2018 include the financial results of Student Brands from the acquisition date, August 3, 2017, to April 28, 2018.

(b)  We acquired MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC on February 27, 2017. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks 
ended April 29, 2017 include the financial results of MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017.

(c)  In Fiscal 2018, we recorded a goodwill impairment (non-cash impairment loss) of $313,100 based on the results of our annual 
goodwill impairment test.  For additional information, see Part I - Item 1. Business and Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data - Note 9. Supplementary Information - Goodwill.  

Our international operations are not material and the majority of the revenue and total assets are within the United States. 

78

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Total Assets

BNC (includes goodwill of $0 and $281,349, respectively) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

443,541

$

MBS (includes goodwill of $49,282 and $48,118, respectively). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DSS (includes goodwill of $0 for both periods) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

287,507

36,743

271,420

838,680

251,028

—

210,124

Total Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,039,211

$

1,299,832

As of

April 28, 2018

April 29, 2017

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

52 weeks ended

April 28, 2018

April 29, 2017

April 30, 2016

Capital Expenditures

BNC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Capital Expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

37,476

$

34,435

$

50,324

2,681

2,620

32

218

—

17

—

—

466

42,809

$

34,670

$

50,790

Note 6. Equity and Earnings Per Share

Equity

On August 2, 2015, we completed the legal separation from Barnes & Noble, Inc. at which time we began to operate as an 

independent publicly-traded company. Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble, Inc. does not own any equity interest in us. 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares 
of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of April 28, 2018, 46,916,616 shares of our Common Stock and 0 shares of our 
preferred stock were issued and outstanding. Our Common Stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “BNED”. 

The holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of 
the stockholders. Holders of shares of our Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. The 
holders of our Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders, 
subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The holders of our Common Stock do not have 
preemptive rights or preferential rights to subscribe for shares of our capital stock.

In Fiscal 2016, 2,409,345 shares of Common Stock were reserved for future grants, in accordance with the Barnes & Noble 
Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the "Equity Incentive Plan"). In Fiscal 2017, shareholders approved an amendment to the 
Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares available for issuance by an additional 4,000,000 shares of our Common 
Stock, for an aggregate total of 6,409,345 shares. See Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation.

Share Repurchases 

On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $50,000, in the aggregate, of 
our outstanding Common Stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which includes a 
plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, 
or modified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. 
During the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, we did not purchase shares under the stock repurchase program. During the 52 weeks 
ended April 29, 2017, we repurchased 688,948 shares for approximately $6,718 at a weighted average cost per share of $10.10. 
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016, we repurchased 1,715,269 shares for approximately $16,612 at a weighted average 
cost per share of $9.95.  As of April 28, 2018, approximately $26,669 remains available under the stock repurchase program.

79

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

During the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017 and April 30, 2016, we also repurchased 260,531 shares, 276,292
shares and 174,511 shares of our Common Stock in connection with employee tax withholding obligations for vested stock awards, 
respectively.

Dividends

We paid no dividends to common stockholders during Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016.  We do not intend to pay 

dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. 

Earnings Per Share

Basic EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS is 
computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year plus the dilutive effect of common 
stock equivalents using the treasury stock method and the average market price of our common stock for the year. We include 
participating  securities  (unvested  share-based  payment  awards  that  contain  non-forfeitable  rights  to  dividends  or  dividend 
equivalents) in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. Our participating securities consist solely of unvested 
restricted stock awards, which have contractual participation rights equivalent to those of stockholders of unrestricted common 
stock. The two-class method of computing earnings per share is an allocation method that calculates earnings per share for common 
stock and participating securities. During periods of net loss, no effect is given to the participating securities because they do not 
share in the losses of the Company. During the Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, average shares of 2,494,799, 375,457
and 411,274 were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation using the two-class method as their inclusion would 
have been antidilutive, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share calculation:

(shares in thousands)
Numerator for basic earnings per share:

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Less allocation of earnings to participating securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net (loss)  income available to common shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(252,566) $

—

(252,566) $

5,361
(3)
5,358

$

$

Numerator for diluted earnings per share:
Net (loss) income available to common shareholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Allocation of earnings to participating securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less diluted allocation of earnings to participating securities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net (loss) income available to common shareholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(252,566) $

5,358

$

—

—

(252,566) $

3
(3)
5,358

$

84
—

84

84

—

—

84

Denominator for basic earnings per share:

Basic weighted average shares of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,763

46,317

46,238

Denominator for diluted earnings per share:

Basic weighted average shares of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average dilutive restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Average dilutive performance shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Average dilutive restricted shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Average dilutive performance share units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Average dilutive options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,763

—

—

—

—

—

46,317

389

46,238

227

40

17

—

—

—

—

—

14

Diluted weighted average shares of Common Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,763

46,763

46,479

(Loss) Earnings per share of Common Stock:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(5.40) $
(5.40) $

0.12

0.11

$

$

—

—

80

 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 7. Fair Values of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC No. 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the fair value of an asset is considered to be the 
price at which the asset could be sold in an orderly transaction between unrelated knowledgeable and willing parties. A liability’s 
fair value is defined as the amount that would be paid to transfer the liability to a new obligor, not the amount that would be paid 
to settle the liability with the creditor. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are measured using a three-tier fair value hierarchy, 
which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable

Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring us to develop our own assumptions

Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accrued liabilities and accounts payable. The fair 
values  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  receivables,  accrued  liabilities  and  accounts  payable  approximates  their  carrying  values 
because of the short-term nature of these instruments, which are all considered Level 1. The fair value of short-term and long-term 
debt approximates its carrying value.

Note 8. Credit Facility 

Until August 3, 2015, we were party to an amended and restated credit facility with Barnes & Noble, Inc., as the lead borrower, 
and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and other lenders, dated as of April 29, 
2011 (as amended and modified to date, the “B&N Credit Facility”). All outstanding debt under the B&N Credit Facility was 
recorded on Barnes & Noble, Inc.'s balance sheet as of August 1, 2015.

On August 3, 2015, we and certain of our subsidiaries, from time to time party thereto, entered into a credit agreement (the 
“Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and other lenders, 
from time to time party thereto, under which the lenders committed to provide us with a five-year asset-backed revolving credit 
facility in an aggregate committed principal amount of $400,000 (the “BNED Credit Facility”). Proceeds from the BNED Credit 
Facility are used for general corporate purposes, including seasonal working capital needs. Bank of America Merrill Lynch, J.P. 
Morgan Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. are the joint lead arrangers for the BNED 
Credit Facility.

We and certain of our subsidiaries (collectively, the “Loan Parties”) will be permitted to borrow under the BNED Credit 
Facility. The BNED Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the inventory, accounts receivable and related assets of the 
borrowers under the BNED Credit Facility, but excluding the equity interests in us and our subsidiaries, intellectual property, 
equipment and certain other property. We have the option to request an increase in commitments under the BNED Credit Facility 
of up to $100,000, subject to certain restrictions.

On February 27, 2017, in connection with the acquisition of MBS, we amended the Credit Agreement with our current lenders 
to add a new $100,000 incremental first in, last out seasonal loan facility (the “FILO Facility”) increasing the maximum availability 
under the Credit Agreement to $500,000. 

As of April 28, 2018 we had outstanding borrowings of $96,400 and $100,000 under the BNED Credit Facility and FILO 
Facility, respectively. As of April 29, 2017, we had outstanding borrowings of $59,600 and $100,000 under the BNED Credit 
Facility and FILO Facility, respectively. 

During the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, we borrowed $674,500 and repaid $637,700 under the BNED Credit Facility and 
FILO Facility, and had a net total of $196,400 of outstanding borrowings as of April 28, 2018.  As of April 28, 2018 and April 29, 
2017, we issued $4,759 and $4,298 in letters of credit under the BNED Credit Facility, respectively.  During Fiscal 2017, we 
borrowed $312,700 and repaid $153,100 under the BNED Credit Facility. During Fiscal 2016, we borrowed and repaid $60,600
under the BNED Credit Facility. 

During Fiscal 2017 we incurred debt issuance costs totaling $2,912 related to the FILO Facility. During Fiscal 2016, we 
incurred debt issuance costs totaling $3,251 related to the BNED Credit Facility. The debt issuance costs have been deferred and 
are presented as an asset which is subsequently amortized ratably over the term of the credit agreement.

Interest under the BNED Credit Facility accrues, at our election, at a LIBOR or alternate base rate, plus, in each case, an 
applicable interest rate margin, which is determined by reference to the level of excess availability under the BNED Credit Facility. 
Loans will initially bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.000% per annum, in the case of LIBOR borrowings, or at the alternate base rate 
plus 1.000% per annum, in the alternative, and thereafter the interest rate will fluctuate between LIBOR plus 2.000% per annum 

81

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

and LIBOR plus 1.750% per annum (or between the alternate base rate plus 1.000% per annum and the alternate base rate plus 
0.750% per annum), based upon the excess availability under the BNED Credit Facility at such time. 

Loans under the FILO Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate, plus 3.000%. The FILO Facility will be 
available solely during the draw period each year, from April 1 through July 31. We are required to borrow 100% of the aggregate 
commitments under the FILO Facility on April 1 of each year, and the loans must be repaid in full (including interest and fees) on 
July 31 of each year. The Commitments under the FILO Facility will decrease from $100,000 to $75,000 on August 1, 2018, from 
$75,000 to $50,000 on August 1, 2019 and from $50,000 to $25,000 on August 1, 2020. We will pay a commitment fee of 0.375% 
on the daily unused portion of the FILO Facility. 

The Credit Agreement contains customary negative covenants, which limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create 
liens, make investments, make restricted payments or specified payments and merge or acquire assets, among other things. In 
addition,  if  excess  availability  under  the  BNED  Credit  Facility  were  to  fall  below  certain  specified  levels,  certain  additional 
covenants (including fixed charge coverage ratio requirements) would be triggered, and the lenders would have the right to assume 
dominion and control over the Loan Parties’ cash.

The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, material breaches of representations 
and warranties, covenant defaults, default on other material indebtedness, customary ERISA events of default, bankruptcy and 
insolvency, material judgments, invalidity of liens on collateral, change of control or cessation of business. The Credit Agreement 
also  contains  customary  affirmative  covenants  and  representations  and  warranties. We  are  in  compliance  with  all  covenants, 
representations and warranties under the Credit Agreement as of April 28, 2018.

We believe that our future cash from operations, access to borrowings under the BNED Credit Facility, FILO Facility and 
short-term vendor financing will provide adequate resources to fund our operating and financing needs for the foreseeable future.  
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the economy and the outlook for and 
pace of sustainable growth in our markets, the levels at which we maintain inventory, the number and timing of new store openings, 
and any potential acquisitions of other brands or companies including digital properties. To the extent that available funds are 
insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financing of debt or equity. 
Our access to, and the availability of, financing in the future will be impacted by many factors, including the liquidity of the overall 
capital markets and the current state of the economy. There can be no assurances that we will have access to capital markets on 
acceptable terms. 

Note 9. Supplementary Information

Impairment Loss (non-cash) 

We completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of the first day of the third quarter of Fiscal 2018. In performing the 
valuation, we used cash flows that reflected management’s forecasts and discount rates that included risk adjustments consistent 
with the current market conditions. We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from 
the income approach and the market approach. Based on the results of the test, the carrying value of the BNC reporting unit, as 
defined  before  the  segment  change  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  2018,  exceeded  its  fair  value  and  we  recorded  a  goodwill 
impairment (non-cash impairment loss) of $313,130. For information, see Part I - Item 1. Business and Part II - Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Item 7.  Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. 

In Fiscal 2016, we implemented a plan to restructure our digital operations. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment loss of $11,987 related to all of the capitalized content costs for the Yuzu® eTextbook platform ($8,987) based 
on the probability of recoverability of the capitalized content costs, and recorded a non-recurring other than temporary loss related 
to an investment held at cost ($3,000), whose fair value has been reduced to $0 based on the financial projections of the investment.

Restructuring and Other Charges

Restructuring

Additionally, we announced a reduction in staff and closure of the facilities in Mountain View, California, and Redmond, 
Washington that support the Yuzu® eTextbook platform. We recorded restructuring costs of $8,830 in Fiscal 2016 comprised of 
$3,216 in employee related costs (including severance and retention), facility exit costs of $5,046 and $568 related to specific 
contracts. We recorded restructuring costs of $1,790 in Fiscal 2017 primarily comprised of employee related costs (including 
severance and retention). We completed the restructuring in Fiscal 2017.

82

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Other Charges

On July 19, 2017, Mr. Max J. Roberts resigned as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Mr. Michael P. Huseby was 
appointed to the position of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, both effective as of September 19, 2017. Pursuant 
to the terms of the Retirement Letter Agreement, Mr. Roberts received an aggregate payment of approximately $4,424, comprised 
of salary, bonus and benefits. In addition, the Company paid Mr. Roberts and Mr. Huseby a one-time cash transition payment of 
approximately $562 and $250, respectively, at the time of the transition. During the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018, we recognized 
expenses totaling approximately $5,361, which is comprised of the severance and transition payments. For additional information, 
see the Form 8-K dated July 19, 2017, filed with the SEC on July 20, 2017.

Intangible Assets

For information about additions to the gross carrying amounts of intangible assets, see Part I - Item 1. Business and Part II - 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Acquisitions. Amortizable intangible assets as of April 28, 2018
and April 29, 2017 are as follows:

Amortizable intangible assets
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Remaining
Life
1 - 16
4
2 - 8
1 - 9

As of April 28, 2018

Gross
Carrying
Amount

$

$

272,419
14,500
20,100
10,853
317,872

$

$

Accumulated
Amortization

Total

(89,767) $
(2,175)
(4,080)
(2,721)
(98,743) $

182,652
12,325
16,020
8,132
219,129

a)   Other consists of recognized intangibles for non-compete agreements, trade names, subscriber lists and favorable leasehold 

interests.

Amortizable intangible assets
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Remaining
Life
4 - 17
3 - 9
1 - 10

As of April 29, 2017

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

$

$

270,619
12,100
6,853
289,572

$

$

(77,640) $
(1,320)
(727)
(79,687) $

Total

192,979
10,780
6,126
209,885

a)   Other consists of recognized intangibles for non-compete agreements, trade names and favorable leasehold interests.

All amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over their useful life on a straight-line basis.

Aggregate Amortization Expense:
For the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
For the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
For the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Estimated Amortization Expense: (Fiscal Year)
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
After 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

19,056
12,095
10,477

20,731
19,917
18,098
17,449
14,047
128,887

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Goodwill

The following table details the changes in carrying value of goodwill (including foreign currency translation):

Balance at April 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill related to acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 29, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill related to Student Brands acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill related to MBS measurement period adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment loss (non-cash) (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 29, 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

280,911
48,556
329,467
31,782
1,163
(313,130)
49,282

(a)  See Impairment Loss (non-cash) discussion above. 

For additional information of goodwill by acquisition, see Part I - Item 1. Business and Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Acquisitions. As of April 28, 2018, goodwill of approximately $80,629 was deductible for 
federal income tax purposes.

Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions

Our History with Barnes & Noble, Inc.

We completed the Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. on August 2, 2015, at which time Barnes & Noble distributed all of 
its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, to Barnes & Noble’s stockholders on a 
pro rata basis (the “Distribution”). Following the Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble does not own any equity interest in us. On August 2, 
2015, we completed the legal separation from Barnes & Noble, at which time we began to operate as an independent publicly-
traded company. 

Allocation of General Corporate Expenses from Barnes & Noble, Inc. (Prior to Spin-Off)

The results of operations for the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015 (first quarter of Fiscal 2016) (period presented prior to the 
Spin-Off referred to as the "stand-alone period") reflected in our consolidated financial statements is presented on a stand-alone 
basis since we were still part of Barnes & Noble, Inc. Our consolidated financial statements were derived from the consolidated 
financial statements and accounting records of Barnes & Noble.  Our consolidated financial statements include certain assets and 
liabilities that have historically been held at the Barnes & Noble corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise 
attributable to us. All intercompany transactions between us and Barnes & Noble have been included in our consolidated financial 
statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash in our consolidated financial statements at the time the Spin-Off 
became  effective. The  total  net  effect  of  the  settlement  of  these  intercompany  transactions  was  reflected  in  our  consolidated 
statements of cash flow as a financing activity and in our consolidated balance sheets as “Parent company investment.”

The consolidated financial statements for the stand-alone period include an allocation for certain corporate and shared service 
functions historically provided by Barnes & Noble, including, but not limited to, executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, 
legal, human resources, procurement, information technology and other shared services. These expenses have been allocated to 
us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on a pro rata basis of consolidated sales, headcount, 
tangible assets or other measures considered to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services.  
Following the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015, we began to perform these functions using our own resources or contracted services, 
certain of which may be provided by Barnes & Noble, Inc. during a transitional period pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement. 

Direct Costs Incurred Related to On-going Agreements with Barnes & Noble (Subsequent to the Spin-Off)

The Spin-Off from Barnes & Noble, Inc. occurred on August 2, 2015 and therefore, the results of operations are presented on 
a consolidated basis for the Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and the 39 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (i.e. the second, third and fourth 
quarter of Fiscal 2016, periods after the Spin-Off) which includes direct costs incurred with Barnes & Noble, Inc. under various 
agreements.

In  connection  with  the  separation  from  Barnes &  Noble,  we  entered  into  a  Separation  and  Distribution Agreement  with 
Barnes &  Noble  on  July 14,  2015  and  several  other  ancillary  agreements  on August 2,  2015.  These  agreements  govern  the 
relationship between the parties after the separation and allocate between the parties various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations 
following the separation, including inventory purchases, employee benefits, intellectual property, information technology, insurance 
and tax-related assets  and  liabilities. The  majority  of  the  ancillary  agreements  related  to  certain  transition  services,  employee 
matters and tax matters have expired or we no longer require such services. 

84

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

These perpetual agreements include the following: 

•  a Separation and Distribution Agreement that set forth Barnes & Noble’s and our agreements regarding the principal actions 
that both parties took in connection with the Spin-Off and aspects of our relationship following the Spin-Off. The term of 
the agreement is perpetual after the Distribution date; and

•  a Trademark  License Agreement  pursuant  to  which  Barnes &  Noble  grants  us  an  exclusive  license  in  certain  licensed 
trademarks  and  a  non-exclusive  license  in  other  licensed  trademarks. The  term  of  the  agreement  is  perpetual  after  the 
Distribution date.

Summary of Transactions with Barnes & Noble 

During Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and the 39 weeks ended April 30, 2016 (i.e. the second, third and fourth quarter of Fiscal 
2016, periods after the Spin-Off), we were billed $25,936, $29,173 and $22,673, respectively, for purchases of inventory and direct 
costs incurred under the agreements discussed above which are included as cost of sales and selling, general and administrative 
expense in the consolidated statements of operations. 

During the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015 (i.e. the first quarter of Fiscal 2016, period presented prior to the Spin-Off), we 
were allocated $13,321 of general corporate expenses incurred by Barnes & Noble, Inc. and purchases of inventory which are 
included as cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. For information 
related to allocated stock-based compensation expense, see Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation.

As of April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017, amounts due to Barnes & Noble, Inc. for book purchases and direct costs incurred 
under the agreements discussed above were $7,759 and $8,041 and is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the 
consolidated balance sheets, respectively.  

All intercompany transactions between us and Barnes & Noble have been included in our consolidated financial statements 
and are considered to be effectively settled for cash in our consolidated financial statements at the time the Spin-Off is recorded. 
The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flow 
as a financing activity and in the consolidated balance sheets as “Parent company investment.” 

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC

Prior to the acquisition of MBS on February 27, 2017, MBS was considered a related-party as it was majority-owned by 
Leonard Riggio, who is a principal owner holding substantial shares of our common stock, and other members of the Riggio family.  
See Note 4. Acquisitions.

Prior to the acquisition, we had a long-term supply agreement (“Supply Agreement”) with MBS, under which and subject to 
availability and competitive terms and conditions, we purchased new and used printed textbooks for a given academic term from 
MBS prior to buying them from other suppliers, other than in connection with student buy-back programs. Prior to the acquisition 
on February 27, 2017, total purchases from MBS were $92,956 (amount prior to returns which occurred subsequent to the February 
27, 2017 acquisition date) and $57,981 for Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, respectively. Additionally, the Supply Agreement provided 
that we could sell to MBS certain textbooks that we could not return to suppliers or use in our stores. MBS paid us commissions 
based on the volume of these textbooks sold to MBS each year and with respect to the textbook requirements of certain distance 
learning programs that MBS fulfilled on our behalf. Prior to the acquisition on February 27, 2017, MBS paid us $7,376 and $5,009
related to these commissions in Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, respectively. In addition, the Supply Agreement contains restrictive 
covenants that limited our ability to become a used textbook wholesaler and that place certain limitations on MBS’s business 
activities. We also previously entered into an agreement with MBS pursuant to which MBS purchased books from us, which have 
no resale value for a flat rate per box. Prior to the acquisition on February 27, 2017, total sales to MBS under this program were 
$339 and $574, for Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, respectively. 

Subsequent to the acquisition, the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MBS and all material intercompany 

accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

MBS leases its main warehouse and distribution facility located in Columbia, Missouri from MBS Realty Partners L.P. which 
is majority-owned by Leonard Riggio, with the remaining ownership by other sellers of MBS. The lease was originally entered 
into in 1991 and included a renewal option which extended the lease through September 1, 2023. Based upon a valuation performed 
as of the acquisition date, the lease was determined to be favorable from a lessee perspective with below market rent. Rent payments 
to MBS Realty Partners L.P. were approximately $1,380 in Fiscal 2018 and $230 from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to 
April 29, 2017. See Note 4. Acquisitions. 

85

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans

We sponsor defined contribution plans for the benefit of substantially all of the employees of BNC and DSS. MBS maintains 
a profit sharing plan covering substantially all full-time employees of MBS. For all plans, we are responsible to fund the employer 
contributions directly. Total employee benefit expense for these plans was $7,196, $4,828, and $4,375 during Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 
2017 and Fiscal 2016, respectively.

Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation

During the second quarter of Fiscal 2016, we reserved 2,409,345 shares of our Common Stock for future grants in accordance 
with the Barnes & Noble Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the "Equity Incentive Plan"). Additionally, during the second 
quarter of Fiscal 2017 shareholders approved an amendment to the Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares available 
for issuance by an additional 4,000,000 shares of our Common Stock, for an aggregate total of 6,409,345 shares.

Types of equity awards that can be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan include options, restricted stock ("RS"), restricted 
stock units ("RSU"), performance shares ("PS") and performance share units ("PSU"). We have not granted options under the 
Equity Incentive Plan. 

A RS award is an award of common stock that is subject to certain restrictions during a specified period. Restricted stock 
awards are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. The grantee cannot 
transfer the shares before the restricted shares vest. Shares of unvested restricted stock have the same voting rights as common 
stock, are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon (although payment may be deferred until the shares have 
vested) and are considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Restricted stock awards will have a minimum vesting period 
of one year. 

A RSU is a grant valued in terms of our common stock, but no stock is issued at the time of grant. Each restricted stock unit 
may be redeemed for one share of our common stock once vested. Restricted stock units are generally subject to forfeiture if 
employment  terminates  prior  to  the  release  of  the  restrictions.  The  grantee  cannot  transfer  the  units  except  in  very  limited 
circumstances and with the consent of the compensation committee. Shares associated with unvested restricted stock units have 
no voting rights but are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon (although payment may be deferred until the 
units have vested). Restricted stock units generally vest over a period of three years, but will have a minimum vesting period of 
one year. 

PS awards and PSU awards were granted to employees. Each PS and PSU may be redeemed for one share of our common 
stock once vested and are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. The 
grantee cannot transfer the PS or PSU awards except in very limited circumstances and with the consent of the compensation 
committee. Shares of unvested PSU awards have no voting rights but are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions 
thereon (although payment may be deferred until the shares or units, as the case may be, have vested). The PS and PSU awards 
will only vest based upon the achievement of pre-established performance goals related to Adjusted EBITDA and new business 
achieved measured over a period of time. The PS will vest based on company performance during Fiscal 2017 - Fiscal 2018 with 
one additional year of time-based vesting. The PSU awards will vest based on company performance during Fiscal 2018 - Fiscal 
2019 with one additional year of time-based vesting. The number of PS and PSU awards that will vest range from 0%-150% of 
the target award based on actual performance.

We recognize compensation expense for awards ratably over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally three 
years. We recognize compensation expense based on the number of awards expected to vest using an estimated average forfeiture 
rate. We calculate the fair value of stock-based awards based on the closing price on the date the award was granted. 

86

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Stock-Based Compensation Activity

The following table presents a summary of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units activity related to our current 

Equity Incentive Plan:

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted Stock Units

Performance Shares

Performance Share Units

Weighted 
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value

Number of 
Shares

Weighted 
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value

Number of 
Shares

Weighted 
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Weighted 
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Number of 
Shares

Number of 
Shares

Balance, 
    August 2, 2015 . .

Granted (a). . . .

Vested . . . . . . .

Forfeited . . . . .

Balance, 
   April 30, 2016. . . .

Granted . . . . . .

Vested . . . . . . .

Forfeited . . . . .

Balance, 
   April 29, 2017. . . .

Granted . . . . . .

Vested . . . . . . .

Forfeited (b). . .

Balance, 
   April 28, 2018. . . .

—

73,352

(27,272)

—

46,080

12,371

(46,080)

—

12,371

19,704

(12,371)

—

$ —

$ 13.08

$ 13.19

$ —

$ 13.02

$ 9.70

$ 13.02

$ —

$ 9.70

$ 6.09

$ 9.70

$ —

—

1,681,552

(431,106)

(8,979)

1,241,467

1,207,070

(680,489)

(36,425)

1,731,623

1,640,926

(697,370)

(355,055)

$ —

$ 10.12

$ 7.29

$ 9.92

$ 11.10

$ 9.70

$ 9.72

$ 9.69

$ 10.70

$ 5.88

$ 10.93

$ 9.04

—

—

—

—

—

406,078

—

—

406,078

—

—

(120,142)

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ 9.52

$ —

$ —

$ 9.52

$ —

$ —

$ 9.52

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

537,756

—

—

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ —

$ 7.90

$ —

$ —

19,704

$ 6.09

2,320,124

$ 7.47

285,936

$ 9.52

537,756

$ 7.90

(a)   Restricted Stock Units include the 877,426 converted RSU shares issued during Fiscal 2016 related to our spin-off from Barnes 

& Noble, Inc.

(b)   The PS and PSUs forfeitures reflect a cumulative adjustment to reflect changes to the expected level of achievement of the 

respective grants.

Total fair value of shares of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units that vested since the inception of Equity Incentive 

Plan was $1,080 and $17,384, respectively. 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

We recognized stock-based compensation expense for equity-based awards in selling and administrative expenses as follows:

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

Restricted Stock Expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Restricted Stock Units Expense(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Shares Expense(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Share Units Expense(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock Option Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

120

$

280

$

8,370
(218)
187

—

8,431

655

—

—

Stock-Based Compensation Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

8,459

$

9,366

$

840

5,710

—

—

120

6,670

(a)   The stock-based compensation expense for the RSUs reflect the forfeiture adjustment for unvested shares related to the CEO 
transition.  See  Part  I  -  Item  1.  Business  and  Part  II  -  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data  -  Note  9. 
Supplementary Information - Restructuring and Other Charges of this Form 10-K for additional information.

(b)   The PS and PSUs expenses reflect a cumulative adjustment to reflect changes to the expected level of achievement of the 

respective grants.

87

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

In the 13 weeks ended August 1, 2015 (periods presented prior to the Spin-Off), Barnes & Noble allocated stock compensation 
expense to us, including stock option expense related to stock options, which includes stock compensation expense related to our 
employees, as well as an allocation from Barnes & Noble for our pro-rated share of corporate employees. 

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested awards as of April 28, 2018 was $12,284 and is expected to be 

recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.87 years.

Note 14. Income Taxes 

Our operating results have been included in the consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax returns of Barnes & Noble for 
all periods ending on or before the consummation of the Spin-Off on August 2, 2015. Amounts presented in these consolidated 
financial statements related to income taxes have been determined on a separate tax return basis as it relates to those periods. 
Amounts presented in these consolidated financial statements related to income taxes for periods ending after the consummation 
of the Spin-Off are presented on a consolidated basis as we became a separate consolidated entity.

For Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016, we had no material revenue or expense in jurisdictions outside the United States.

Impact of U.S. Tax Reform

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Legislation") was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Legislation reduces the U.S. 
federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign 
subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred, among other provisions. As of April 28, 2018, we had not completed the accounting 
for the tax effects of enactment of the Act; however, as described below, we have made a reasonable estimate of the effects on 
existing deferred tax balances and the one-time transition tax in accordance with SAB 118, “Income Tax Accounting Implications 
of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (SAB 118). These amounts are provisional and subject to change within the measurement period 
proscribed by SAB 118 which is not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. The most significant impact of the 
legislation for the Company was a $20,425 reduction of the value of our net deferred (which represents future tax liabilities) and 
long-term tax liabilities as a result of lowering the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. We have provisionally recorded 
a liability associated with the one-time transition tax, however, such amount is not material.

Income tax (benefits) provisions for Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2016 are as follows:

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

Current:

Federal (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred:

Federal (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

(8,089) $
2,410
(5,679)

(13,250)
(1,514)
(14,764)
(20,443) $

14,872
1,819
16,691

(9,238)
(2,723)
(11,961)
4,730

$

$

13,019
1,783
14,802

(9,922)
(2,213)
(12,135)
2,667

(a)  Income tax benefit caused largely by the revaluation due to the change in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 

21% as described above.

88

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

Reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the federal statutory income tax rate is as follows:

Federal statutory income tax rate (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permanent book / tax differences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provisional remeasurement due to Tax Legislation . . . . . . . . . . .
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effective income tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

34.1%
(0.3)
—
(0.7)
(34.2)
7.5
0.2
0.9
7.5%

35.0%
(5.8)
—
25.5
—
—
(5.5)
(2.3)
46.9%

35.0%
(15.2)
50.6
31.1
—
—
(5.4)
0.8
96.9%

(a)  Due to the Tax Legislation, we applied a U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 33.9% for earnings between April 30, 2017 
and January 27, 2018, and 21% for earnings between January 28, 2018 and April 28, 2018.  The result is an effective statutory 
rate of 34.1%. 

The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2018 is significantly lower as compared to the comparable prior year periods due to the tax 
benefit of Tax Legislation, which lowered the U.S. statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.  The combined 
benefit of our pre-tax book loss, plus the reduced U.S. income tax rate was partially offset by permanent differences, which includes 
the nondeductible portion of the goodwill impairment.  

As expected, nondeductible compensation expense for Fiscal 2018 was significantly lower compared to the prior fiscal year 
as components of our executive compensation program qualified as deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue 
Code. In addition, our income tax provision for the preceding two fiscal years reflected certain non-recurring tax benefits arising 
from the Spin-Off. These benefits did not impact the current fiscal year and the Company does not expect any similar non-recurring 
tax benefits associated with the Spin-Off to impact our effective tax rate in future fiscal years and nondeductible compensation 
expense may increase because of changes to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

One percentage point on our Fiscal 2018 effective tax rate is approximately $2,700. The permanent book / tax differences are 
principally comprised of non-deductible compensation, non-deductible meals and entertainment costs, and federal income tax 
credits.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 to provide guidance that changed the accounting for certain aspects of 
share-based payments to employees. The guidance required, among other things, the recognition of the income tax effects of awards 
in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, thus eliminating additional paid-in capital pools. We early adopted 
this standard during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2016 as permitted. Prior to Fiscal 2016, we had no windfall benefits. There was 
no material impact upon adoption of this guidance since the recognition of income tax effects of awards was not materially different 
than amounts that had previously been recorded in our financial statements.  

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred taxes are recorded based on differences between 

the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carryforwards.

89

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

The significant components of our deferred taxes consisted of the following:

As of

April 28, 2018

April 29, 2017

Deferred tax assets:

$

Estimated accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insurance liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lease transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liabilities:

$

9,375
8,256
1,374
474
1,095
2,803
220
9,105
5,834
4,356
42,892
(932)
41,960

Intangible asset amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross deferred tax liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(44,066)
(44,066)
(2,106) $

13,047
16,969
1,780
881
1,826
8,728
206
—
4,916
5,106
53,459
(1,392)
52,067

(68,938)
(68,938)
(16,871)

As of April 28, 2018, we had $97 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Balance at May 2, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Additions for tax positions of the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 30, 2016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Additions for tax positions of the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 29, 2017. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Additions for tax positions of the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions due to settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at April 28, 2018. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

215
21
—
—
(215)
21
40
25
—
—
86
25
2
—
(16)
97

We do not believe that it is reasonably possible that these unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next twelve months.

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of April 28, 2018
and April 29, 2017, we had accrued $5 and $3, respectively, for net interest and penalties. The change in the amount accrued for 
net interest and penalties includes $2 in additions for net interest and penalties recognized in income tax expense in our Fiscal 
2018 consolidated statement of operations.

90

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considered whether it is more likely than not that some 
or all of the deferred tax assets would be realized. In evaluating the Company’s ability to utilize its deferred tax assets, it considered 
all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining future taxable income on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. The 
Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $932 and $1,392 for April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017, respectively. The decrease 
in the valuation allowance during Fiscal 2018 is due to the reduction of the U.S. income tax rate.

At April 28, 2018, and based on its tax year ended January 2018, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards 
(NOLs) of approximately $99,604 that are available to offset taxable income in its respective taxing jurisdiction beginning in the 
current period and that expire beginning in 2030. The Company had net state tax credit carryforwards totaling $278, which expire 
beginning in 2021.

As of April 28, 2018, the Company has recorded $200 of foreign withholding tax related to repatriations of earnings from 
certain foreign subsidiaries. If additional earnings in these foreign subsidiaries were repatriated in the future, additional income 
and withholding tax expense would be incurred.  Additional income and withholding tax expense on any future repatriated earnings 
is estimated to be less than $100.

 We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in jurisdictions of each state having an income tax. The tax 
years that remain subject to examination are primarily from Fiscal 2013 and forward. Some earlier years remain open for a small 
minority of states. Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreements referenced in Part I - Item 1. Business and Part II - Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 10. Barnes & Noble, Inc. Transactions, we retain income tax liability for periods prior 
to the Spin-Off only for returns filed on a stand-alone basis.

Note 15. Legal Proceedings 

We are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course 
of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, taxation, employment, benefits, personal injuries 
and other matters. The results of these proceedings in the ordinary course of business are not expected to have a material adverse 
effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies

We generally operate our stores pursuant to multi-year school management contracts under which a school designates us to 
operate the official school bookstore on campus and we provide the school with regular payments that represent a percentage of 
store sales and, in some cases, include a minimum fixed guaranteed payment. We account for these service agreements under lease 
accounting. We provide for minimum contract expense over the contract terms on a straight-line basis. The excess of such minimum 
contract expense over actual contract payments (net of school allowances) is reflected in other long-term liabilities and accrued 
liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The expense related to our college and university contracts, including rent expense, 
and other facility costs in the consolidated statements of operations are as follows: 

Minimum contract expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Percentage contract expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2016

$

$

170,351
80,630
250,981

$

$

165,980
87,843
253,823

$

$

140,743
101,552
242,295

Our contracts with colleges and universities are typically five years with renewal options and are typically cancelable by either 
party without penalty with 90 to120 days' notice. Annual projections below are based on current minimum guarantee amounts. In 
approximately 69% of our contracts with colleges and universities that include minimum guarantees, the minimum guaranteed 
amounts adjust annually to equal less than the prior year's commission earned. 

91

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)

As of April 28, 2018, future minimum annual obligations required under our contracts with colleges and universities and other 

facility costs are as follows:

Fiscal Year
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
After 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

139,994
130,794
124,379
113,419
105,034
192,741
806,361

Purchase obligations, which includes information technology contracts and inventory purchase commitments, as of April 28, 

2018 are as follows: 

Less Than 1 Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
1-3 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

5,201
1,979
107
7,287

Note 17. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

A summary of quarterly financial information for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 is as follows:

July 29, 
2017

October 28, 
2017 (a)

January 27, 
2018 (b)

April 28, 
2018 (b)

Fiscal 2018 Quarterly Period Ended
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
Gross profit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Basic (loss) earnings per common share:

355,711

65,200

$

$

(34,783) $

886,861

216,700

48,395

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(0.75) $

1.04

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share:

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(0.75) $

1.03

Fiscal 2017 Quarterly Period Ended
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
Gross profit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Basic (loss) earnings per common share:

July 30,
2016

October 29,
2016

239,237

47,833

$

$

(27,916) $

770,671

171,954

29,289

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(0.60) $

0.63

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share:

Net (loss) income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(0.60) $

0.63

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

603,391

$

$
146,999
(283,235) $

357,654

128,334

17,057

(6.04) $

0.36

(6.04) $

0.36

January 28,
2017

April 29, 
2017 (c)

342,830

123,025

227

521,624

116,249

3,761

0.08

0.08

$

$

$

$

$

Fiscal Year
 2018
2,203,617

557,233
(252,566)

(5.40)

(5.40)

Fiscal Year
 2017
1,874,362

459,061

5,361

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

0.12

— $

0.11

(a)  We acquired Student Brands, LLC on August 3, 2017. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 

2018 include the financial results of Student Brands from the acquisition date, August 3, 2017, to April 28, 2018.

(b)  The net (loss) income for the 13 weeks ended April 28, 2018 reflects a 14,100 income tax benefit that should have been 
recorded during the 13 weeks ended January 27, 2018 in connection with the tax deductible portion of the $313,130 goodwill 
impairment. This amount is deemed an immaterial error correction as it relates to our interim condensed consolidated financial 
statements and amounts recorded as of and for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018 appropriately reflect this item. 

(c)  We acquired MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC on February 27, 2017. The consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks 
ended April 29, 2017 include the financial results of MBS from the acquisition date, February 27, 2017, to April 29, 2017.

92

 
 
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
Receivables Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(In thousands)

For the 52 week periods ended April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017, and April 30, 2016:

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
April 28, 2018. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
April 29, 2017. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
April 30, 2016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sales Returns Reserves
April 28, 2018. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
April 29, 2017. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

April 30, 2016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at
beginning
of period

Charge
(recovery) to
costs and
expenses

Write-offs

Balance at
end
of period

$
$
$

$
$
$

2,259
2,320
2,313

Balance at
beginning
of period

6,817
757
679

$
$
$

$
$
$

3,518
3,459
4,000

Addition
Charged to
Costs

170,469
155,486
130,421

$
$
$

$
$
$

(3,694) $
(3,520) $
(3,993) $

2,083
2,259
2,320

Deductions

Balance at
end
of period

(172,057) $
(149,426) $
(130,343) $

5,229
6,817
757

All other schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist, or because the required information 

is provided in the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

93

Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE

 There were no disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Management of the Company established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that 
material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries required to be disclosed in the reports that are filed or submitted 
under the Exchange Act are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules 
and forms.  Such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of the end of the period 
covered by this report, the Company’s management conducted an evaluation (as required under Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b) 
under the Exchange Act), excluding  Student Brands, LLC ("Student Brands") as noted below, under the supervision and with the 
participation  of  the  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  of  the  Company’s  “disclosure  controls  and 
procedures” (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). A control system, no matter how 
well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the 
Company  to  disclose  material  information  otherwise  required  to  be  set  forth  in  the  Company’s  periodic  reports.  Based  on 
management’s evaluation, and considering the items noted below, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer 
concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective 
at the reasonable assurance level. 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As defined in 
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the 
principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel, to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (iii) that receipts and expenditures of the Company 
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iv) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

On August 3, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of Student Brands. Management is in the process of evaluating 
the existing controls and procedures of Student Brands, and integrating Student Brands into the Company's internal control over 
financial  reporting.  In  accordance  with  SEC  staff  guidance  permitting  a  company  to  exclude  an  acquired  business  from 
management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting for the year in which the acquisition is 
completed, management has excluded Student Brands from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting as of April 28, 2018. Student Brands represented 3.4% of the Company’s total assets as of April 28, 2018, 6.8% of the 
Company's net assets as of April 28, 2018 and 0.7% of the Company’s total revenues for the 52 weeks ended April 28, 2018.

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO 2013 framework). Based upon the Company’s evaluation under this framework, management 
concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 28, 2018. 

The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered 

public accounting firm, as stated in their report included on page 96. 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the most recent quarter ended 
April 28, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over 
financial reporting. 

94

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The management of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. is responsible for the contents of the Consolidated Financial Statements, 
which are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  necessarily  include  amounts  based  on  judgments  and  estimates.  Financial  information  elsewhere  in  the 
Annual Report is consistent with that in the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The Company maintains a comprehensive accounting system, which includes controls designed to provide reasonable assurance 
as to the integrity and reliability of the financial records and the protection of assets. An internal audit staff is employed to regularly 
test and evaluate both internal accounting controls and operating procedures, including compliance with the Company’s Code of 
Business Conduct and Ethics. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed of directors who are not members of 
management, meets regularly with management, the independent registered public accountants and the internal auditors to ensure 
that their respective responsibilities are properly discharged. 

On August 3, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of Student Brands, LLC ("Student Brands"). Management is in the 
process of evaluating the existing controls and procedures of Student Brands and integrating Student Brands into the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting. In accordance with SEC guidance permitting a company to exclude an acquired business 
from management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting for the year in which the acquisition 
is completed, management has excluded Student Brands from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting as of April 28, 2018. The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the 
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of April 28, 2018 includes all of the Company’s consolidated operations except 
for those disclosure controls and procedures of Student Brands that are subsumed by internal control over financial reporting.

Ernst & Young LLP and the internal auditors have full and free independent access to the Audit Committee. The role of Ernst & 
Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, is to provide an objective examination of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and the underlying transactions in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. 
The report of Ernst & Young LLP appears on page 96 of this report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 28, 2018. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

The Company has included the Section 302 certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the 
Company as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2018 filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, and the Company will submit to the New York Stock Exchange a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company certifying that he is not aware of any violation by the Company of New York Stock Exchange corporate governance 
listing standards. 

95

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of April 28, 
2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  In  our  opinion,  Barnes  &  Noble  Education,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 28, 
2018, based on the COSO criteria. 

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s 
assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls 
of Student Brands, which is included in the fiscal 2018 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted 3.4%, 
6.8% and 0.7% of total assets, net assets and revenues, respectively, as of April 28, 2018 and for the year then ended. Our audit 
of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial 
reporting of Student Brands.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017, the related consolidated 
statements of operations, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 28, 2018, and the related notes 
and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) and our report dated June 20, 2018 expressed an unqualified 
opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit. We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable 
basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Iselin, New Jersey
June 20, 2018 

96

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III 

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information regarding our executive officers is incorporated by reference herein from the discussion under Item 1. Business — 
Executive Officers of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The remaining information with respect to directors, executive officers, 
the code of ethics and corporate governance of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy 
Statement relating to the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting  of  Stockholders  to be filed with the  SEC  within  120  days of the 
Company’s fiscal year ended April 28, 2018 (the "Proxy Statement"). 

The information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated herein by reference to the 

Proxy Statement. 

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information with respect to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

The information with respect to compensation of directors is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table sets forth equity compensation plan information as of April 28, 2018: 

Number of
securities to be
issued upon 
exercise
of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding 
options,
warrants and 
rights

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
in column (a))

(a)

(b)

(c)

3,163,520

$

N/A

3,163,520

$

7.72

N/A

7.72

1,351,137

N/A

1,351,137

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans

approved by security holders. . . .

Equity compensation plans not

approved by security holders. . . .
Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

The information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by 

reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is incorporated herein 

by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  with  respect  to  principal  accountant  fees  and  services  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  Proxy 

Statement. 

97

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.:

Included in Part II of this Report:

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017, and April 30, 2016 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017, and April 30, 2016 
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended April 28, 2018 and April 29, 2017 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for the years ended April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017, and April 30, 2016 
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on the consolidated financial statements 

of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the years ended April 28, 2018, April 29, 2017, and April 30, 2016 

2.  Financial Statement Schedules of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.:

Included in Part II of this report: Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not significant or not required, or because the required 
information is included in the financial statement notes thereto.

3.  Exhibits:

Exhibit
Number

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Description

Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession.

2.1. . . . . . . .

Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2015, between Barnes & Noble, Inc. and Barnes 
& Noble Education, Inc., filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on September 10, 
2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

2.2. . . . . . . .

Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2017, by and among Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., Ellar LLC, 
Leonard Riggio and the other unitholders party thereto, and Ellar LLC, as the Designated Representative, filed 
as Exhibit 2.1 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2017, and incorporated herein by 
reference.

Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.

3.1. . . . . . . .

3.2. . . . . . . .

Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Barnes & Noble Education, 
Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 25, 2017, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Amended and Restated By-Laws, as Amended, Effective as of September 21, 2017, of Barnes & Noble Education, 
Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 25, 2017, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Material contracts.

10.1. . . . . . .

10.2. . . . . . .

10.3. . . . . . .

10.4. . . . . . .

Credit Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2015, by and among Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., as borrower, the 
lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents party thereto, filed 
as  Exhibit  10.5  to  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on August  3,  2015,  and  incorporated  herein  by 
reference.

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2017, by and among the Company, the Lenders 
and the Agent, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2017, and 
incorporated herein by reference.

Transition Services Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes 
& Noble, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes & 
Noble, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

98

  
10.5. . . . . . .

10.6. . . . . . .

Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes 
& Noble, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

Trademark License Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and Barnes 
& Noble, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015, and incorporated 
herein by reference.

10.7. . . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as amended September 16, 2017, filed as Appendix A 
to the Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting filed with the SEC on August 17, 2016, and incorporated herein by 
reference.

10.8. . . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Report 

on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on June 29, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.9. . . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Performance-Based Stock Unit Award Agreement, filed as Exhibit 
10.6 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on June 29, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.10. . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Report 

on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on June 29, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.11. . . . . .

   Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Report on 

Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on June 29, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.12. . . . . .

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Performance Share Award Agreement, filed as Exhibit Form 10.1 to Report on 
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on September 8, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.13. . . . . .

   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. 
and Max J. Roberts filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on July 13, 2015, and 
incorporated herein by reference.

10.14. . . . . .

   Retirement Letter Agreement, dated July 19, 2017, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., Barnes & Noble 
College Booksellers, LLC and Max J. Roberts, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
SEC on July 20, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.15. . . . . .

   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. 
and Barry Brover filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on July 13, 2015, and 
incorporated herein by reference.

10.16. . . . . .

   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 24, 2015, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. 
and Patrick Maloney filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on July 13, 2015, and 
incorporated herein by reference.

10.17. . . . . .

   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 19, 2017, between Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. 
and Michael P. Huseby filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 20, 2017, 
and incorporated herein by reference.

10.18. . . . . .

   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement

Other.

21.1. . . . . . .

   List of subsidiaries of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

23.1. . . . . . .

   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

31.1. . . . . . .

Certification  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a)  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2. . . . . . .

Certification  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a)  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1. . . . . . .

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2. . . . . . .

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS . . .

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH. . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL. . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

99

101.DEF . . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB. . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE . . .

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

100

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Barnes & Noble Education, 

Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.

(Registrant)

By:

Date: June 20, 2018

/s/ Michael P. Huseby
Michael P. Huseby
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name

Title

Date

  /s/ Michael P. Huseby
  Michael P. Huseby

  /s/ Barry Brover
  Barry Brover

  /s/ Seema C. Paul
  Seema C. Paul

  /s/ Daniel A. DeMatteo
  Daniel A. DeMatteo

  /s/ David G. Golden
  David G. Golden

  /s/ John R. Ryan
  John R. Ryan

  /s/ Jerry Sue Thornton
  Jerry Sue Thornton

  /s/ David A. Wilson
  David A. Wilson

June 20, 2018

June 20, 2018

June 20, 2018

June 20, 2018

June 20, 2018

June 20, 2018

June 20, 2018

June 20, 2018

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

 Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Chief Accounting Officer 
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

101

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
CERTIFICATION BY THE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a),
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Michael P. Huseby, certify that:

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 

present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

b.  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

c.  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 

during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and

b.  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: June 20, 2018

By:

/s/ Michael P. Huseby

  Michael P. Huseby

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

  Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

 
 
CERTIFICATION BY THE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a),
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Barry Brover, certify that:

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 

present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

b.  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

c.  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 

during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and

b.  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: June 20, 2018 

By:

/s/ Barry Brover

  Barry Brover

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

  Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(b) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AND 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the annual report of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period 
ended April 28, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael P. 
Huseby, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company.

/s/ Michael P. Huseby
Michael P. Huseby

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

June 20, 2018

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or 
otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by 
Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(b) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AND 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the annual report of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period 

ended April 28, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Barry Brover, 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company.

/s/ Barry Brover
Barry Brover

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

June 20, 2018

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or 
otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by 
Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
CORPORATE
INFORMATION

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
• LEADERSHIP TEAM •

Michael P. Huseby
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Patrick Maloney
Executive Vice President, Operations;
President, Barnes & Noble College

Barry Brover
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Kanuj Malhotra
Executive Vice President, Corporate Development;
President, Digital Student Solutions

Michael C. Miller
Executive Vice President, 
Corporate Strategy and General Counsel

Stephen H. Culver
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer

JoAnn Magill
Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Seema C. Paul
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
• BOARD OF DIRECTORS •

Michael P. Huseby
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Emily C. Chiu
Principal, Square, Inc.

Daniel A. DeMatteo
Executive Chairman, GameStop Corp.

David G. Golden
Managing Partner, Revolution Ventures

John R. Ryan
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Center for Creative Leadership

Jerry Sue Thornton
Chief Executive Officer,
Dream Catcher Educational Consulting 

STOCKHOLDER
INFORMATION

• STOCK PERFORMANCE •
The Stock Price Performance Chart below compares the
cumulative stockholder return of the Company with that of 
the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones US Specialty Retailers
Index since the date of the Spin-off from Barnes & Noble,
Inc. on August 2, 2015. The comparison assumes $100 was
invested on August 2, 2015 in shares of our common stock
and in each of the indices show, and assumes that all of the
dividends were reinvested.

COMPARISON OF 33 MONTH
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Barnes & Noble Education, the S&P 500 Index
and the Dow Jones US Specialty Retailers Index

*$100 invested on 8/3/15 in stock or 7/31/15 in index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending April 30.
Copyright© 2018 Standard & Poor’s, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved.
Copyright© 2018 S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved.

Corporate Headquarters
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Common Stock
New York Stock Exchange, Symbol: BNED

Stock Transfer & Registrar
Computershare
PO Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233-5000
Stockholder Inquiries: (866) 484-7158

Independent Registered Public Accountants
Ernst & Young LLP
99 Wood Avenue South, Iselin, NJ 08830

Investor Relations
Investor Relations Department
Inquiries: (908) 991-2966

Stockholder Services
General financial information, as well as copies of our
Annual Reports, Form 10-K and Form 10-Q documents and other 
financial information, can be obtained free of charge on the 
“Investor Relations” section of the Company’s corporate
website: www.bned.com. 

David A. Wilson
Former President and Chief Executive Officer,
Graduate Management Admission Council

Annual Stockholder Meeting
Embassy Suites by Hilton
250 Connell Drive, Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922
September 25, 2018 – 9:00 a.m. ET

Serving all who work to elevate 
their lives through education